US20140265122A1 - Method and apparatus for football board game - Google Patents
Method and apparatus for football board game Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20140265122A1 US20140265122A1 US14/292,954 US201414292954A US2014265122A1 US 20140265122 A1 US20140265122 A1 US 20140265122A1 US 201414292954 A US201414292954 A US 201414292954A US 2014265122 A1 US2014265122 A1 US 2014265122A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- team
- player game
- game piece
- spaces
- fast
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 49
- 241000287107 Passer Species 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 32
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 54
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000012447 hatching Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011057 process analytical technology Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000566613 Cardinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061619 Deformity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004905 finger nail Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002457 flexible plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F3/00—Board games; Raffle games
- A63F3/00003—Types of board games
- A63F3/00028—Board games simulating indoor or outdoor sporting games, e.g. bowling, basketball, boxing, croquet, athletics, jeu de boules, darts, snooker, rodeo
- A63F3/00041—Football, soccer or rugby board games
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F13/00—Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
- A63F13/40—Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment
- A63F13/44—Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment involving timing of operations, e.g. performing an action within a time slot
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F13/00—Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
- A63F13/80—Special adaptations for executing a specific game genre or game mode
- A63F13/812—Ball games, e.g. soccer or baseball
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F3/00—Board games; Raffle games
- A63F3/00643—Electric board games; Electric features of board games
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F3/00—Board games; Raffle games
- A63F3/00697—Playing pieces
- A63F2003/00716—Connectable or stackable playing pieces or parts thereof
- A63F2003/00719—Connectable or stackable playing pieces or parts thereof with connections amongst the playing pieces or parts thereof
- A63F2003/00735—Clamp or clip
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F3/00—Board games; Raffle games
- A63F3/00697—Playing pieces
- A63F2003/00826—Changeable playing pieces
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F3/00—Board games; Raffle games
- A63F2003/00996—Board games available as video games
Definitions
- This invention relates to improved methods and apparatus concerning football board games.
- Board games such as checkers, chess, and backgammon have been popular for a long time because although they may require skill, they have straightforward, clear rules and are enjoyable to play.
- Checkers for example involves moving one piece at a time on a turn, in a clearly defined manner.
- Chess involves moving one piece at a time on a turn, wherein different pieces move different ways, but these ways are straightforward to understand.
- Backgammon involves moving two pieces on a turn, but again in a clearly defined manner.
- a plurality of first team player game pieces and a plurality of second team player game pieces, a ball designation device, and a game board are provided for playing a football board game.
- At least one of the player game pieces, first team or second team may be given an advantage over one or more of the other player game pieces.
- the players given the advantage may be called “fast” players or “fast” player game pieces.
- the players without the advantage may be called “slow” players or “slow” player game pieces.
- each non ball carrier player game piece, on offense may be allowed to move twice as fast as a ball carrier player game piece, on offense, and twice as fast as any player game piece, on defense, under appropriate circumstances.
- the football game is played as a three on three game, i.e. only three player game pieces on the first team and three player game pieces on the second team on the field for a play from a scrimmage line.
- This allows the game board to be relatively compact, and have fewer spaces, and means that fewer player game pieces need to be moved by each team on a turn.
- the team on offense would only need to move up to three player game pieces on an offensive turn, and then the team on defense would only need to move up to three player game pieces on a defensive turn.
- each player game piece of each team is allowed up to two moves, on a particular turn. This makes the rules of movement of player game pieces straight forward to play. Some of the player game pieces may be allowed to take advantage of “fast” spaces during a move and some may not.
- a three on three football board game embodiment may be played on a board which has a grid of spaces having ten columns and fourteen rows of spaces. Different numbers of columns and rows can be provided. The number of columns, which represent the width of a football field, should be at least three times the number of player game pieces on each side to allow for adequate spacing for running and getting open for a pass. More player game pieces and a larger board, with a greater number of columns and rows may be provided in other embodiments, however, the three on three embodiment, which is three first team player game pieces versus three second team player game pieces together with a game board having about nine to fifteen columns (i.e.
- a ratio of between three to one and five to one, inclusive), representing a football field width, and fourteen to twenty-six rows, representing a football field length is preferred since then few player pieces have to be moved, the board is small enough so it will not take up a large area, and the pieces are large enough so they are not easily lost. For example, if each space is one inch by one inch, a ten by fourteen game board only takes up ten inches by fourteen inches, and each game piece can be one inch by one inch, i.e. the size of a space.
- One or more embodiments of the present invention provide a method of playing a football game on a game board comprised of a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, wherein the football game includes a plurality of player game pieces, which includes a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece, and the plurality of player game pieces includes a plurality of second team player game pieces.
- the method may include allowing a first player game piece, which is one of the first team player game pieces or one of the second team player game pieces to move from a first space of the plurality of spaces marked as a first fast space to a second space of the plurality of spaces marked as a second fast space without counting any spaces not marked as fast spaces in between the first fast space and the second fast space towards a number of moves allowed for the first player game piece during an offensive turn if the first player game piece is on offense during a play from a line of scrimmage or during a defensive turn if the first player game piece is on defense during the play from the line of scrimmage.
- the method may further include not allowing a second player game piece, which is one of the first team player game pieces or one of the second team player game pieces, to move from the first fast space to the second fast space without counting any spaces not marked as fast spaces in between the first fast space and the second fast space towards a number of moves allowed for the second player game piece during an offensive turn if the second player game piece is on offense during the play from the scrimmage line or during a defensive turn if the second player game piece is on defense during the play from the scrimmage line.
- a first subset of the plurality of spaces may be marked as fast spaces, such that the first subset includes a plurality of fast spaces, including the first fast space and the second fast space, and the plurality of spaces includes a plurality of spaces which are not marked as fast spaces.
- the first fast space and the second fast space are not adjacent to one another and are separated by at least one space of the plurality of spaces, which is not marked as a fast space.
- a method which includes allowing a first team first player game piece, when the first team, is on offense on a play from a scrimmage line, to make a first predetermined number of non-ball carrier moves into one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces which do not include another player game piece, during a first team first offensive turn, when the first team first player game piece is not designated as a carrier of a football.
- the method may further include allowing a first team second player game piece, when the first team is on offense, on the play from the scrimmage line, to make the first predetermined number of ball carrier moves into one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces which do not include another player game piece during the first team first offensive turn, when the first team second player game piece is designated as the carrier of the football.
- the predetermined number may be two, such that two non-ball carrier moves are allowed and two ball carrier moves are allowed.
- the method may also include allowing each of a plurality of second team player game pieces, when the second team is on defense on the play from the scrimmage line, to make the first predetermined number of defensive moves, such as two moves, into one or more spaces which do not include another player game piece, during a second team first defensive turn, following the first team first offensive turn.
- Each of the first predetermined number of defensive moves may be made by moving one of the plurality of second team player game pieces from a first space of the plurality of spaces to a space of the plurality of spaces adjacent to the first space.
- Each of the first predetermined number of non-ball carrier moves may be allowed to be made by the first team first player game piece, when the first team is on offense on the play from the scrimmage line, and the first team first player game piece is not designated as the carrier of the football, by either moving the first team first player game piece from a second space of the plurality of spaces to a space of the plurality of spaces adjacent the second space or by moving the first team first player game piece from the second space of the plurality of spaces to a third space of the plurality of spaces which is not adjacent to the second space and which is a second predetermined number of spaces away from the second space.
- the second space, the third space, and one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces in between the second space and the third space form a straight line.
- Each of the first predetermined number of ball carrier moves may be allowed to be made by the first team second player game piece when the first team is on offense on the play from the scrimmage line and the first team second player game piece is designated as the carrier of the football, by moving the first team second player game piece from a fourth space of the plurality of spaces to a space of the plurality of spaces which is adjacent to the fourth space.
- the method may also include allowing each of the plurality of second team player game pieces, when the second team is on defense on the play from the scrimmage line, to make a covering defensive move by moving into a space which includes one of the plurality of first team player game pieces, wherein any second team player game piece making a covering defensive move during a particular second team defensive turn cannot move again during that particular second team defensive turn.
- the first fast space and the second fast space may be separated by one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces which in combination with the first fast space and the second fast space define a straight line.
- the plurality of fast spaces may be arranged so that each fast space of the plurality of fast spaces is separated from a plurality of next closest fast spaces of the plurality of fast spaces by one space of the plurality of spaces that is not marked as a fast space.
- the plurality of fast spaces may be arranged so that a first row of the plurality of rows has at least some fast spaces and rows of the plurality of rows adjacent the first row and an odd number of rows away from the first row have no fast spaces and rows of the plurality of rows a multiple of two rows away from the first row have at least some fast spaces.
- the plurality of fast spaces may be arranged so that a first column of the plurality of columns have at least some fast spaces and columns of the plurality of columns adjacent the first column and a odd number of columns away from the first column have no fast spaces and columns of the plurality of columns a multiple of two columns away from the first column have at least some fast spaces.
- the method may also include generating a random number during a first team second offensive turn.
- the method may further include moving a ball designation device designating a football from the first team second player game piece to the first team first player game piece if (a) a space on which the first team second player game piece is located, and a space on which the first team first player game piece is located, and one or more spaces in between the spaces on which the first team first and the second player game pieces are located, are in a straight line, and (b) if the random number is greater than or equal to a number of spaces that the first team first player game piece is away from the first team second player game piece in a straight line, and (c) if no second team player game piece is located on the space on which the first team first player game piece is located.
- the method may further include moving the ball designation device designating the football from the first team second player game piece to a second team first player game piece of the plurality of second team player game pieces if (a) a space on which the first team second player game piece is located, and a space on which the second team first player game piece is located, and the one or more spaces in between the spaces on which the first team second player game piece and the second team first game player piece are located, are in a straight line, and (b) if the random number is equal to a number of spaces that the second team first player game piece is away from the first team second player game piece in a straight line or if the random number is greater than or equal to a number of spaces that the first team first player game piece is away from the first team second game player piece in a straight line and the second team first player game piece is on the same space as the first team first player game piece.
- the first team second player game piece is typically designated as the
- the football game may be played on a computer and the game board may be displayed on a computer monitor by a computer processor.
- the method may further include playing the football game by having the first team first player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, the first team second player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, and a first team third player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces during the first team first offensive turn and by not having any other first team player game pieces on any spaces of the plurality of spaces during the first team first offensive turn.
- the method may also include playing the football game by having a second team first player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, a second team second player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, and a second team third player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces during the second team first defensive turn and by not having any other second team player game pieces on any spaces of the plurality of spaces during the second team first defensive turn.
- the plurality of columns of the game board may include at least nine columns, and the plurality of rows may include at least ten rows.
- the first goal line and the second opposing goal line may be delineated on the game board.
- the plurality of columns may represent width on a football field from a first sideline to a second opposing sideline.
- the first sideline and the second opposing sideline may be delineated on the game board, wherein the first sideline and the second sideline are substantially perpendicular to the first goal line and the second goal line.
- the method may further include allowing a first team player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces, when the first team is on offense during the play from the scrimmage line, to push a second team player game piece, which is on defense during the play from the scrimmage line, into another space of the plurality of spaces during the first team first offensive turn.
- an apparatus for playing a football game comprising a plurality of first team player game pieces, a plurality of second team player game pieces, a ball carrier designation device which can be associated with any of the plurality of first team player game pieces or any of the plurality of second team player game pieces, and a game board having a first goal line, an opposing second goal line, a first side line, and an opposing second side line.
- the game board may have a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces.
- the apparatus may be further comprised of a computer processor programmed by computer software to display the game board, the plurality of first team player game pieces, the plurality of second team player game pieces, and the ball carrier designation device on a computer monitor.
- the apparatus may also be comprised of a computer interactive device configured to receive user inputs to be supplied to the computer processor to move one or more of the plurality of first team player game pieces and one or more of the plurality of second team player game pieces, and the ball carrier designation device on the computer monitor.
- each of the plurality of first team player game pieces and each of the plurality of second team player game pieces is a solid piece which can be physically picked up by a user, removed from the board, and moved by a user from one space of the plurality of spaces to another space of the plurality of spaces.
- the ball carrier designation device may be a detachable solid piece which can be attached to and detached from any of the plurality of first team player game pieces and any of the plurality of second team player game pieces by a user, and physically picked up, removed from the board, and moved by a user from one player game piece, first team or second team, to another player game piece, first team or second team.
- At least one embodiment of the present application provides a method of playing a football game on a game board having an image of a football field.
- the image of the football field may be comprised of a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, wherein the football game includes a plurality of player game pieces, which includes a first team comprised of a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece, and the plurality of player game pieces includes a second team comprised of a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece.
- the method may include placing the first team first player game piece on a first space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a line of scrimmage, so that a first designation is associated with the first team first player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece is placed on the first space, but the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece.
- the method may further include placing the first team second player game piece on the first side of the line of scrimmage and on a second space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first space, so that the first designation is not associated with the first team second player game piece.
- the method may also include, for a first offensive play (which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns) initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece, so that the football designation device is not hidden from view, wherein the football designation device is different from the first designation.
- a first offensive play which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns
- the method may further include placing the second team first player game piece on a second side of the line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a third space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first and second spaces, so that the first designation is associated with the second team first player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is hidden from view when the second team first player game piece is placed on the third space, but the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece.
- the method may further include placing the second team second player game piece on the second side of the line of scrimmage, and on a fourth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first, second, and third spaces, so that the first designation is not associated with the second team second player game piece.
- the plurality of spaces may include a plurality of fast spaces and a plurality of non fast spaces, wherein the plurality of fast spaces includes a first, a second, a third, a fourth, a fifth, a sixth, a seventh, and an eighth fast space, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the first fast space and the second fast space in a first straight line, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in a second straight line, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the fifth fast space and the sixth fast space in a third straight line, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the seventh fast space and the eighth fast space in a fourth straight line.
- Each fast space of the plurality of fast spaces may have a first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces having the first graphic is a fast space; and each non fast space of the plurality of non fast spaces does not have the first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces not having the first graphic is a non fast space.
- the method may further include during a first team first offensive turn for the first offensive play, moving the first team first player game piece from the first fast space to the second fast space, in the first straight line, and counting this movement as one move, without counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the first fast space and the second fast space in the first straight line; and during the first team first offensive turn for the first offensive play, moving the first team second player game piece from the third fast space to the fourth fast space, in the second straight line, and counting this movement as more than one move, by counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in the second straight line.
- the method may also include during a second team first defensive turn which follows the first team first offensive turn for the first offensive play, moving the second team first player game piece from the fifth fast space to the sixth fast space, in the third straight line, and counting this movement as one move, without counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the fifth fast space and the sixth fast space in the third straight line; and during the second team first defensive turn, moving the second team second player game piece from the seventh fast space to the eighth fast space, in the fourth straight line, and counting this movement as more than one move, by counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the seventh fast space and the eighth fast space in the fourth straight line.
- the method may also include alternating turns between the offensive turns for first team and defensive turns for the second teams during an offensive play, until one of the plurality of second team player game pieces occupies the same space of the plurality of spaces as the football designation device.
- the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece may be configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece by lifting the first team first player game piece off of the game board and turning the first team first player game piece upside down; and the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece may be configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece by lifting the second team first player game piece off of the game board and turning the second team first player game piece upside down.
- the game board may be displayed on a computer display.
- the first team first player game piece may be placed on the first space by being displayed on the computer display.
- the first team second player game piece may be placed on the second space by being displayed on the computer display.
- the second team first player game piece may be placed on the third space by being displayed on the computer display.
- the second team second player game piece may be placed on the fourth space by being displayed on the computer display.
- the football designation device may be placed on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece by being displayed on the computer display.
- the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece may be configured so that it is able to be revealed by the first person using a computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display; and the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is able to be revealed by the second person using a computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display.
- the grid may include a plurality of passing zones, wherein each passing zone of the plurality of passing zones includes one or more adjacent rows of the plurality of rows, and wherein spaces of the plurality of spaces in each passing zone have a substantially same characteristic as spaces in the same passing zone, and a substantially different characteristic from spaces in adjacent passing zones.
- movement of the ball designation device, along the image of the football field of the game board, in a single direction, from one passing zone of the plurality of passing zones to an adjacent passing zone of the plurality of passing zones is a passing zone transition.
- the method may further include generating a random number; and moving the football designation device from a first team passer player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces to a first team receiver player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces if the random number satisfies a mathematical relationship with respect to a number of passing zone transitions when moving the football designation device, in a single direction, along the image of the football field of the game board from a first location on the game board on which the first team passer player game piece is located to a second location on the game board on which the first team receiver player game piece is located.
- the mathematical relationship may be that the random number is greater than or equal to the number of passing zone transitions from the first team passer player game piece to the first team receiver player game piece.
- the method may include, after the first offensive play has ended: altering the first team first player game piece so that the first designation is no longer associated with the first team first player game piece, altering the second team first player game piece so that the first designation is no longer associated with the second team first player game piece; altering the first team second player game piece so that the first designation is associated with the first team second player game piece; and altering the second team second player game piece so that the first designation is associated with the second team second player game piece.
- the method may further include placing the first team second player game piece on a fifth space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a second line of scrimmage, so that the first designation is associated with the first team second player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece is hidden from view when the first team second player game piece is placed on the fifth space, but the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece; and placing the first team first player game piece on the first side of the second line of scrimmage and on a sixth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth space, so that the first designation is not associated with the first team first player game piece;
- the method may include initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece, so that the football designation device is not hidden from view, wherein the football designation device is different from the first designation.
- the method may further include placing the second team second player game piece on a second side of the second line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a seventh space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth and sixth spaces, so that the first designation is associated with the second team second player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece is hidden from view when the second team second player game piece is placed on the seventh space, but the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece; and placing the second team first player game piece on the second side of the second line of scrimmage, and on an eighth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth, sixth, and seventh spaces, so that the first designation is not associated with the second team first player game piece.
- the method may further include actuating an actuator for the offensive play to cause a time remaining displayed on a clock device to immediately change from a first time remaining to a second time remaining, wherein the difference between the first time remaining and the second time remaining is a predetermined plurality of seconds.
- a predetermined number for the predetermined plurality of seconds such as “5” for five seconds, may be stored in computer memory.
- the method may include causing the time remaining displayed on the clock device to count down, in between the first offensive play and a second offensive play, so that one second is taken off the time remaining displayed on the clock device for each second that goes by.
- the method may further include generating a random number on a field goal attempt for the first team.
- the method may further include moving the ball designation device, a number of the plurality of spaces of the image of the football field, in a single direction, in a column of the plurality of columns of the image of the football field, based on the random number, until the ball designation device crosses an image of a cross bar of an image of a goal post; and when the ball designation device crosses the image of the cross bar of the image of the goal post, increasing a score for the first team on a score keeping device by three points.
- An apparatus in an embodiment of the present invention, may include a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece; a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece.
- a first designation may be associated with the first team first player game piece and as associated is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece is placed on a first space of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece.
- the first designation may not be associated with the first team second player game piece;
- the first designation may be associated with the second team first player game piece and as associated is hidden from view when the second team first player game piece is placed on a second space of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece.
- the first designation may not be associated with the second team second player game piece.
- the apparatus may include a football designation device, which is different from the first designation, wherein the football designation device is configured to be placed on any one of the plurality of first team player game pieces or any one of the plurality of second team player game pieces so that the football designation device is not hidden from view.
- the first team first player game piece may be configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the first team first player game piece.
- the first team second player game piece may be configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the first team second player game piece.
- the second team first player game piece may be configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the second team first player game piece.
- the second team second player game piece is configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the second team second player game piece.
- Each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece may include an attachment device which allows the first designation to be attached to or detached from each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece to associate or disassociate the first designation with each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece.
- Each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece may include a device which allows the first designation to be displayed or not displayed on each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece to associate or disassociate the first designation with each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece.
- the apparatus may include a clock display device; and an actuator in communication with the clock display device.
- the clock display device has a time remaining on a display which is immediately changed from a first time remaining to a second time remaining in response to actuation of the actuator, wherein the difference between the first time remaining and the second time remaining is a predetermined plurality of seconds.
- the apparatus may further include a computer processor, a computer display;
- the game board may be displayed on the computer display by the computer processor in accordance with a computer program stored in the computer memory.
- the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece may be displayed on first, second, third, and fourth spaces, respectively, which are different from each other, on the game board on the computer display by the computer processor in accordance with the computer program stored in the computer memory.
- the football designation device may be displayed on one of the plurality of spaces of the game board on the computer display by the computer processor in accordance with the computer program stored in the computer memory.
- the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece may be configured so that the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is able to be revealed by the first person using the computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display.
- the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece may be configured so that the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is able to be revealed by the second person using the computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display.
- the apparatus may further include a sliding device attached to the game board.
- the sliding device may be configured to move in a track device parallel to the columns of the image of the football field.
- the sliding device may have a pointer and the sliding device can be slid to cause the pointer to point to a first line marked with a first yardage number of the image of the football field; and the sliding device can be slid to cause the pointer to point to a second line marked with a second yardage number, different from the first yardage number of the image of the football field.
- the sliding device may include a football down indicator, indicating first, second, third, or fourth downs.
- FIG. 1 shows a top view of a football game board in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with three first team player game pieces, which are on offense for a play from a scrimmage line, three second team player game pieces which are on defense for the play from the scrimmage line, and a ball designation device shown located in spaces of the football game board in a first state;
- FIG. 3 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device shown in FIG. 2 , with the three first team player pieces shown moved during a first team first offensive turn from their positions in FIG. 2 to different positions in FIG. 3 , to form a second state;
- FIG. 4 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device also shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 , with the three second team player pieces shown moved during a second team first defensive turn from their positions in FIGS. 2 and 3 to different positions in FIG. 4 , to form a third state;
- FIG. 5 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device also shown in FIGS. 2 , 3 , and 4 , with the ball designation device shown moved during a first team second offensive turn from its position in FIG. 4 to a different position in FIG. 5 , to form a fourth state;
- FIG. 6 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the player game pieces and the ball designation device shown set up in different spaces to form a fifth state;
- FIG. 7 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the first team player game pieces and the ball designation device shown moved from the positions of FIG. 6 during a first team first running offensive turn to different spaces in FIG. 7 , to form a sixth state;
- FIG. 8 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the second team player game pieces shown moved from the positions of FIG. 7 during a second team first running defensive turn to different spaces to form a seventh state;
- FIG. 9 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the first team player game pieces and the ball designation device shown moved from the positions of FIG. 8 during a first team second running offensive turn to different spaces in FIG. 9 , to form an eighth state;
- FIG. 10 shows a top view of the football game board of FIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the player game pieces and the ball designation device set up for a kickoff;
- FIG. 11 shows a computer apparatus 300 which can display a game board, such as the game board of FIG. 1 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 12 shows a top view of another football game board in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 shows top view of yet another football game board in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 14A-14B show perspective views of a type of passing die
- FIGS. 15A-15B show perspective views of another type of passing die
- FIGS. 16A-16B show perspective views of a typical known six sided die
- FIGS. 17A-17B show perspective views of a typical known six sided die
- FIGS. 18A-18B show perspective views of a first type of “1” or “2” die for use with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 19A-19B show perspective views of a second type of “1” or “2” die for use with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 20A-20B show perspective views of another type of passing die
- FIGS. 21A-21B show perspective views of another type of passing die
- FIGS. 22A-D show perspective views of a player game piece
- FIG. 22E shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece of FIGS. 22A-D ;
- FIGS. 22F-G show bottom and top views of the player game piece of FIGS. 22A-D ;
- FIGS. 23A-B show perspective views of a football game piece or ball designation device
- FIGS. 24A-B show perspective views of a “fast” player indicator
- FIG. 25 shows the “fast” player indicator of FIGS. 24A-B and the ball designation device of FIGS. 23A-B attached to the player game piece of FIGS. 22A-G ;
- FIGS. 26A-C show perspective views of another player game piece
- FIGS. 27A-D show bottom, top, perspective, and a cross sectional views, respectively, of an attachment device for indicating a “fast” player
- FIG. 28A shows a cross sectional view of a player game piece and an attachment device for indicating a fast player, which has not been attached to the player game piece;
- FIG. 28B shows a cross sectional view of a player game piece and an attachment device for indicating a fast player, which has been attached to the player game piece;
- FIGS. 29A-D show perspective views of a player game piece in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 30A shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece of FIGS. 29A-D and two attachment devices, one for indicating a fast player and one for indicating a ball device, with the two attachment devices not attached;
- FIG. 30B shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece of FIGS. 29A-D and the two attachment devices shown in FIG. 30A , with the two attachment devices attached;
- FIGS. 31A-B show perspective views of a toggle device which can be set to either indicate a “fast” player or a “slow player”;
- FIG. 32 shows a cross sectional view of the toggle device of FIGS. 31A-C attached to a player game piece
- FIG. 33 shows a top view of the game board of FIG. 13 with three first team player game pieces and three second team player game pieces placed on the game board in certain locations, with a sliding device at a certain position, and with a clock device at a certain time in a state;
- FIG. 34 shows a top view of the game board of FIG. 13 with the three first team player game pieces and the three second team player game pieces, of FIG. 33 , placed on the game board in locations different from FIG. 33 , and with the clock device at a different time from FIG. 33 , in a state different from FIG. 33 ;
- FIG. 35 shows a top view of the game board of FIG. 13 with the three first team player game pieces and the three second team player game pieces of FIG. 33 , placed on the game board in locations different from FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 , with the sliding device at a different position from FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 , and with the clock device at a different time from FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 , in a state different from FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 ;
- FIGS. 36A-D show front, rear, left side, and right side views, respectively, of a sliding device for use with the game board of FIG. 13 , with the sliding device in a state;
- FIG. 36E shows the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D , with the sliding device in a state different from FIGS. 36A-D ;
- FIG. 36F shows the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D , with the sliding device in a state different from FIGS. 36A-D and from FIG. 36E ;
- FIGS. 37A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a first plate for use with the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D ;
- FIGS. 38A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a second plate for use with the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D ;
- FIGS. 39A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a first plate for use with the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D ;
- FIGS. 40A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a second plate for use with the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D ;
- FIGS. 41A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a second plate for use with the sliding device of FIGS. 36A-D .
- FIGS. 42A-B show perspective views of a six sided die for field goals and extra points
- FIGS. 43A-B show perspective views of a six sided die for kickoffs
- FIGS. 44A-B show perspective views of a six sided die for punts
- FIG. 45A shows a perspective view of a plurality of die retainer receptacles with the receptacles shown empty;
- FIG. 45B shows a perspective view of the plurality of die retainer receptacles with dice shown placed in the receptacles
- FIG. 46 shows a top view of a sheet of quick reference examples and rules which may be placed on a game board of an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 47 shows a top view of a game board in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 shows a top view of a football game board 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the football game board 100 include an image of a football field 100 a .
- the football game board 100 may be a part of and may be printed on a piece of cardboard or other hard backing material or may be displayed on a computer monitor, such as a computer monitor 306 of FIG. 11 .
- the game board 100 includes a plurality of spaces 112 , such as spaces 112 a , 112 b , 112 c , and 112 d .
- the plurality of spaces 112 are arranged in a grid, which may typically be rectangular in at least one embodiment.
- the grid includes a plurality of columns marked near the top of FIG.
- each column has a subset of the plurality 112 of spaces and each row includes a subset of the plurality of spaces 112 .
- each of columns A-J has fourteen spaces, and each of the first through fourteenth rows starting from the top of FIG. 1 , has ten spaces of the plurality of spaces 112 .
- more columns and more rows than shown in FIG. 1 may be provided.
- the number of spaces in width be at least three times greater than the number of player game pieces on a team. For example, if there are three players on each side or team (in a three versus three game), then there should be at least nine spaces in width from sideline 120 e to sideline 120 f . In one embodiment, ten spaces of width (of ten columns A-J) are provided for teams of three player game pieces each.
- the spacing for the width of the game board is somewhat based on the spacing in real football. If each player is a yard in width in real football, then in a real football game, the eleven players take up eleven yard of width of the field.
- a real football field is one hundred sixty feet wide or about fifty three yards, thus there is a ratio of 53 to 11 or somewhat less than five to 1.
- Using a game board of at least three to one (spaces in width to number of players on a team) somewhat approximates real football spacing.
- the game board 100 includes an outer boundary 120 , which may enclose all of the plurality of spaces 112 .
- the outer boundary 120 includes an end line 120 a , an end line 120 d , and sidelines 120 e and 120 f .
- a line 120 b is provided which cuts a top end zone section above the goal line 116 in half, and a line 120 c is provided which cuts a bottom end zone section below a goal line 118 , in half.
- the plurality of spaces 112 may have a checkerboard pattern, such that different shades or colors may be alternated every other space.
- the odd column spaces in the odd rows, starting from the top left hand corner of FIG. 1 may be shaded or colored a first color while the even column spaces in the odd rows may be unshaded or colored a second color, which is different from the first color.
- the space 112 a in the first column A and first row starting from the top is shown shaded
- the space 112 b in the second column B, and the first row starting from the top has a space 112 b which is shown unshaded.
- the odd column spaces in the even rows may be unshaded or colored the second color while the even column spaces in the even rows may be shaded or colored the first color.
- the first column A, second row starting from the top has a space 112 d which is shown unshaded
- the second column B, second row starting from the top of FIG. 1 has a space 112 c which is shown unshaded.
- the checkerboard pattern is helpful in determining whether there is a straight diagonal line for “throwing” or transferring the football from a ball carrier player game piece on offense (i.e.
- a non-ball carrier, or receiver or potential defensive interceptor where the ball carrier and the non-ball carrier or receiver, or the potential defensive interceptor are a number of spaces of the plurality of spaces 112 , apart from one another. In some embodiments a straight line of spaces for “throwing” or transferring the football is not required.
- the spaces in the rows above the top goal line 116 and below the bottom goal line 118 may be colored differently from the spaces in the rows between the goal lines 116 and 118 .
- the spaces in the rows above the top goal line 116 and below the bottom goal line 118 (i.e. in the two end zones or end zone sections) may be a yellow color, with a lighter yellow color used for the even column spaces of the top row in FIG. 1 and first row below the goal line 118 and for the odd column spaces of the second row from the top of FIG. 1 and the last row in FIG. 1 below goal line 118 , and a darker yellow color used for the odd column spaces of the top row and for the first row below the goal line 118 and for the even column spaces of the second row from the top and of the last row below the goal line 118 .
- the spaces between the goal lines 116 and 118 may be colored different shades of green, which may alternate in the shading pattern shown in FIG. 1 , i.e. the spaces of the plurality of spaces 112 in between the goal lines 116 and 118 shown shaded in FIG. 1 may be a darker green, while the spaces of 112 in between the goal lines 116 and 118 shown not shaded may be a lighter green.
- the plurality of spaces 112 includes a plurality of fast spaces 114 , such as the fast space 114 a .
- Each fast space is marked to indicate that it is a fast space.
- a fast space is identified or marked by having a star symbol or some other graphic or graphic symbol in the space.
- the fast space 114 a is marked with the star symbol or graphic symbol 115 a .
- Each of the other fast spaces of fast spaces 114 is also marked with the same star symbol, as in fast space 114 a , in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 1 there are alternating fast spaces in each even row from the top of FIG. 1 and there are alternating fast spaces in each odd column from the sideline 120 e to the sideline 120 f .
- This layout for the plurality of fast spaces 114 allows a user of a football game and of the game board 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention to easily move one or more player game pieces, when permitted to do so, from one fast space to another fast space during a move without counting the non-fast spaces in between the fast spaces.
- only some of a plurality of player game pieces are allowed to take advantage of the fast spaces, which effectively allows those player game pieces to move faster than other player game pieces.
- FIG. 2 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with second team player game pieces 202 a , 202 b , and 202 c , first team player game pieces 200 a , 200 b , and 200 c , and a ball designation device 204 shown located in spaces of the plurality of spaces 112 of the football game board 100 in a first state.
- Each of the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c may be a solid piece which can be picked up off of the game board 100 by a user.
- each of the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c may be solid disks or blocks, such as made of wood, plastic, metal or any other solid material.
- the first team player game pieces 200 a - c may be colored one color or set of colors, such as for example red (or red and white), consistent with a particular football team, such as the Arizona Cardinals (trademarked) of the NFL (National Football League) (trademarked) while the second player game pieces 202 a - c would typically be colored a different color or set of colors, such as for example blue (or blue and white), consistent with a particular football team such as the New York Giants (trademarked) of the NFL (trademarked) in order to easily distinguish a first team (comprised of pieces 200 a - c ) from a second team (comprised of pieces 202 a - c ).
- red or red and white
- a particular football team such as the Arizona Cardinals (trademarked) of the NFL (National Football League) (trademarked)
- the second player game pieces 202 a - c would typically be colored a different color or set of colors, such as for example blue (or blue and white), consistent with a particular football team
- the pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c may have other team appropriate designations from the NFL or college football, for example.
- the pieces 200 a - c may have one shape, such as circular in FIG. 2
- the pieces 202 a - c may have a different shape, such as square in FIG. 2 to further distinguish the first team from the second team.
- each of the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c may be images shown on a computer screen which can be moved from one location on the computer screen to another location, such as by selecting with a computer interactive device such as 308 in FIG. 11 .
- a possible set up of the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c for a play from a line of scrimmage or scrimmage line 122 is shown.
- the first team ( 200 a - c ) has the ball designation device 204 and therefore is on offense for the set up shown in FIG. 2 .
- the line of scrimmage 122 is labeled as “30” to represent the 30 yard line nearer the goal line 118 than to the goal line 116 .
- There is another line labeled “30” which is the “30” yard line nearer the goal line 116 than to the goal line 118 .
- yard lines labeled 0, 10, 20, 30, and 40 nearer the line 116 than line 118 There are yard lines labeled 0, 10, 20, 30, and 40 nearer the line 116 than line 118 , a yard line labeled 50 in the middle, and yard lines labeled 0, 10, 20, 30, and 40 nearer the line 118 than line 116 .
- the yard lines represent yard lines on a football field.
- a team gets a limited number of downs, such as four, to score and there are no first downs.
- the player game pieces (such as 200 a - c and 202 a - c ) are effectively bigger in relation to the length of the football game board 100 , then in comparison with real football players on a real football field. This is done to make a football game in accordance an embodiment of the present invention more compact, easier to play and more exciting to play since scoring can be done more easily.
- each of the player game pieces on the team on offense (in this case pieces 200 a - c ) are placed on a separate space of the plurality of spaces 112 below the line of scrimmage (in this case line 122 ) and then after the player game pieces ( 200 a - c in this example) on offense have been placed, each of the player game pieces on defense (in this case 202 a - c ) are placed on a separate space of the plurality of spaces 112 above the line of scrimmage 122 .
- the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c are shown on spaces adjacent to the line of scrimmage 122 in FIG. 2
- the player game pieces on defense can be placed on any spaces of spaces 112 above the line of scrimmage 122 (typically as long as each of pieces 202 a - c is on a different space above line 122 )
- the player game pieces on offense in this case 200 a - c
- can be placed anywhere below the line of scrimmage 122 typically as long as each of pieces 200 a - c are in a different space below the line 122 ), except that typically the quarterback or initial ball carrier, such as 200 b , which has ball designation device 104 , in FIG.
- the strategy of where to place one's player game pieces (such as 202 a - c in this example) on defense during the initial defensive setup is very important, since in this embodiment the non ball carrier game pieces on offense ( 200 a - c ) can move faster then the defensive player game pieces when using “fast” spaces 114 .
- the team on offense places its player game pieces (in this case 200 a - c ) first during an offensive setup stage, and after the offense has done this, the team on defense places its player game pieces, such as 202 a - c in spaces during a defensive setup stage.
- the first team player game piece 200 b is a ball carrier and the ball designation device 204 , which may be shaped in the form of a football, is attached or placed on the game piece 200 b to indicate that the game piece 200 b is the initial ball carrier.
- the ball designation device 204 may be a solid piece which can be picked up and moved by a user.
- the ball designation device 204 may be magnetically attracted to the game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c so that 204 can be held by one of the game pieces 200 a - c or 202 a - c .
- the ball designation device 204 may be an image on a computer screen or monitor, such as 306 in FIG. 11 , which can be moved by clicking on the device 204 with a computer mouse of for example computer interactive device 308 .
- FIG. 3 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second player game pieces 202 a - c , the three first team player game pieces 200 a - c , and the ball designation device 204 , with the three first team player pieces 200 a - c shown moved during a first team first offensive turn from their positions in FIG. 2 to different positions, to form a second state.
- the first team first player game piece 200 b which is the ball carrier in this example, and has ball designation device 204 attached or placed on the piece 200 b , is allowed in one embodiment, to move two ball carrier moves during an offensive turn.
- a ball carrier move in one embodiment, is a move from a first space of the plurality of spaces 112 to a second space of the plurality of spaces 112 which is adjacent to the first space.
- the first team first player game piece 200 b which is the ball carrier, can move one move in the downwards vertical direction of the dashed line L 3 from a space in column F between the 30 and 20 yard lines (nearer the goal line 118 than goal line 116 ) to a space in column F between the 20 and 10 yard line (nearer the goal line 118 than goal line 116 ).
- each player game piece such as each of player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c , has only two moves for each turn, so the player game piece 200 b may next, for example, move one space in the direction of a line L 4 from the space in column F between yard lines 20 and 10 (nearer the goal line 118 than the goal line 116 ) diagonally into the space in column E between the yard lines 10 and 0 (nearer the goal line 118 than the goal line 116 ).
- each player game piece such as each of player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c , can move from one space of spaces 112 to an adjacent space of 112 , assuming the space is unoccupied, in any direction during a move, such as vertically, horizontally, diagonally, or to the left side or the right side.
- the first team first player game piece 200 b for its first ball carrier move, could have moved from the space in column F, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ), one space, to any space of the spaces in column G between yard lines 30 and 10 (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ), to any space of the spaces in column E between yard lines 30 and 10 (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ), and to the space in column F between yard lines 10 and 20 (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ).
- the ball designation device 204 is not allowed to cross the line of scrimmage, such as 122 in this case, on the first offensive turn, giving the defense a chance to move their player game pieces 202 a - c before the ball designation device 204 crosses the line of scrimmage 122 .
- the player game piece 200 b cannot move into the spaces in columns E, F, and G, between the yard lines 30 and 40 (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ) on the first offensive turn.
- the offensive player game piece carrying the ball designation device 204 cannot attempt to enter a space in which a defensive player game piece is located without ending the play.
- the game piece 200 b with the ball designation device 204 attempts to enter the space occupied by 202 b , the play ends, and the line of scrimmage would be the space last occupied by the game piece 200 b , not the space the game piece 200 b attempted to enter.
- the offensive player game piece such as 202 b , carrying the ball, may be allowed to push a defensive player game piece forward before the play ends.
- the player game pieces are not designated as a ball carrier in FIG. 3 , because they do not have the football designation device 204 . Since they are non-ball carriers, in at least one embodiment, the player game pieces 200 c and 200 a , while on offense on a play from scrimmage, can effectively move faster than the ball carrier, in this case 200 b , and in at least one embodiment, faster than the game pieces 202 a - c , which are on defense. The first team player game pieces 200 c and 200 a , while on offense, can do this, in at least one embodiment by taking advantage of one or more fast spaces of fast spaces 114 .
- player game piece 200 c is allowed to be moved directly, during its first move, in the direction of a line L 1 , from the fast space in column C between the 30 and 20 yard lines (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ) to the fast space diagonally across in the column E between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer the goal line 118 than 116 ).
- the player game piece 200 c has traveled two spaces of the plurality of spaces 112 , the first move of the game piece 200 c only counts as one move from the fast space in column C between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer to goal line 118 than 116 ) to the fast space in column E between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer to goal line 118 than 116 ).
- the player game piece 200 c still has another move (its second move for a first team first offensive turn) and can move directly from the fast space in column E between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer to the line 118 than 116 ) to the fast space in column E between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer to the line 116 than 118 ).
- the second move during this first team offensive turn for game piece 200 c only counts as one move although the game player piece 200 c has again traversed two spaces of the plurality of spaces 112 .
- the player game piece 200 c could have moved only one space during a move and not have taken advantage of the fast space feature.
- the offensive player game piece 200 c could also have gone in any direction, such as vertical, horizontal, diagonal, or sideways, during either of its two moves. For example, during a move from the fast space in column C between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer line 118 than 116 ), the offensive player game piece 200 c , if it is not carrying the football or ball designation device 204 , can move to the fast spaces in column E, between yard lines 40 and 50, between the yard lines 20 and 30, or the yard lines 0 and 10 (nearer the line 118 than 116 and assuming these spaces are unoccupied), the fast spaces in column A, between yard lines 40 and 50, between yard lines 20 and 30, or between yard lines 0 and 10 (nearer the line 118 than 116 , and assuming these spaces are unoccupied).
- the game piece 200 c cannot move into a space occupied by another game piece, such as one of game pieces 200 a , 200 b , or 202 a - c , however, in some embodiments, the game piece 200 c may be able to do this or may be able to push another game piece of game pieces 200 a , 200 b , or 202 a - c .
- the offensive player game piece 200 c could have been moved one space during a first move such as from the space in column C between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than 116 ) to one of the spaces in column B, between the 40 and 10 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than 116 ), or one of the spaces in column D, between the 40 and 10 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than 116 ), or into the space in column C between yard lines 10 and 20 (nearer the line 118 than 116 ). If the game piece 200 c is not starting in a fast space, then it can only move, in one embodiment, one space during a move, in any direction.
- First team player game piece 200 a is a non-ball carrier in FIGS. 2 and 3 , and may be allowed to be moved in a manner similar to the game piece 200 c .
- the game piece 200 a can be moved from the fast space in column I, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer line 118 than line 116 ) to the fast space in column G, between the 40 and 50 yard lines in a direction of a line L 5 during a first move, and then can be moved to a fast space in column I between yard lines 30 and 40 (nearer 116 than 118 ).
- player game pieces of 200 a - c and 202 a - c are not allowed to run over another player game piece. Therefore the player game piece 200 a is not allowed to go directly from the fast space in column I, between yard lines 20 and 30 (nearer 118 than 116 ) to the fast space in column I between yard lines 40 and 50 (nearer 118 than 116 ) on a single move.
- the game piece 200 a could have done its first move, as shown in FIG. 3 , and then used its second move to move from the fast space in column G between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer 118 than 116 ) to the fast space in column I, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer 118 than 116 ).
- FIG. 4 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a - c , which are on defense, the three first team player game pieces 200 a - c , which are on offense, and the ball designation device 204 , with the three player game pieces 202 a - c shown moved during a second team first defensive turn from their positions in FIGS. 2 and 3 to different positions in FIG. 4 , to form a third state.
- the game pieces 202 a - c cannot take advantage of the fast spaces, since they are on defense, and thus effectively move slower than the non-ball carrier player game pieces 200 a and 200 c , which are currently on offense.
- one or more game player pieces may be able to take advantage of the fast spaces, while on defense.
- the player game piece with the ball designation device may be able to take advantage of the fast spaces.
- FIG. 4 shows an example, where each of the second team player game pieces 202 a - c , currently on defense, have been moved two moves during a second team first defensive turn, and wherein the game pieces 202 a - c are not allowed to take advantage of the fast spaces.
- the player game piece 202 a has been moved one space in the direction of a line L 11 , during a first move from the space in column I, between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ) to the space in column I, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ).
- the player game piece 202 a has been moved one space in the direction of a line L 12 , during a second move from the space in column I, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ) to the space in column I, between the 50 and 40 yard lines (nearer the line 116 than the line 118 ).
- the second team player game piece 202 b has been moved one space in the direction of a line L 7 , during a first move from the space in column F, between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ) to the space in column E, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ).
- the second team player game piece 202 b has been moved one space in the direction of a line L 8 , during a second move from the space in column E, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ) to the space in column I, between the 10 and 20 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ).
- the second team player game piece 202 c has been moved one space in the direction of a line L 9 , during a first move from the space in column C, between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ) to the space in column D, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ).
- the second team player game piece 202 c has been moved one space in the direction of a line L 10 , during a second move from the space in column D, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer the line 118 than the line 116 ) to the space in column E, between the 50 and 40 yard lines (nearer the line 116 than the line 118 ).
- each of the player game pieces 202 a - c when on defense, is allowed to move two moves during a defensive turn and during each move, each player game piece is allowed to move from one space of spaces 112 to an adjacent space of spaces 112 in any direction, such as vertical, horizontal, or diagonally.
- a player game piece such as one of pieces 202 a - c , when on defense, can land on a space occupied by a player game piece of the opposing team, when the opposing team is on offense, when the offensive player game piece is the ball carrier, i.e. has ball designation device 204 , in order to tackle the offensive player game piece ball carrier and end the play.
- a new play from scrimmage would then start, assuming it wasn't fourth down, from a yard line above (towards the top of FIG. 4 ) where the offensive player game piece ball carrier was tackled, in the example of FIG. 4 , where the offense is trying to score over goal line 116 at the top of FIG. 4 .
- a player game piece on defense such as in FIG. 4 , one of pieces 202 a - c , can land on a space occupied by a non-ball carrier offensive game piece (such as one of pieces 200 a and 200 c in FIG. 4 ) in a covering move, however, in that case, the particular defensive player game piece is not allowed any further moves on the particular defensive turn. In that way, the defensive player game piece is not allowed to run over the offensive player game piece, in one embodiment, but can cover a pass as will be described.
- a non-ball carrier offensive game piece such as one of pieces 200 a and 200 c in FIG. 4
- FIG. 5 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a - c , the three first team player game pieces 200 a - c , and the ball designation device 204 , with the ball designation device 204 shown moved during a first team second offensive turn from its position in FIG. 4 to a different position, to form a fourth state.
- the team on offense in this case the first team (controlled by a first person or first human player) sets up or places its game pieces 200 a - c , typically first, then the defense (controlled by a second person or second human player) sets its second team player game pieces on defense, such as in this case 202 a - c (set up shown by FIG. 2 ), then the offense plays a first offensive turn (shown by the movement of player game pieces 200 a - c and ball designation device 204 from FIG. 2 to FIG. 3 ), then the defense plays a first defensive turn (shown by the movement of player game pieces 202 a - c from FIG. 3 to FIG. 4 ).
- the offense may play a second offensive turn, and the defense may thereafter play a second defensive turn, and the offense and the defense may continue to alternate until the play is concluded by the ball carrier being tackled typically by one of the player game pieces on defense, such as 202 a - c in this example, landing on a space occupied by a ball carrier player game piece on offense, such as 200 b in this example (or whichever player game piece has the ball designation device 204 , or in other circumstances to be described.
- FIG. 5 shows an example, of a passing play by the offense.
- the offense wants to make a pass, pitch, or handoff, from the ball carrier (such as ball carrier 200 b in FIG. 4 ) to a non-ball carrier, such as 200 c in FIG. 4
- the ball carrier 200 b , the non-ball carrier 200 c , and any one or more spaces in between the ball carrier 200 b and 200 c must be in a straight line, in at least one embodiment, such as a straight vertical, horizontal or diagonal line.
- the passer and the receiver game pieces do not need to be in a straight line of spaces.
- the game piece 200 c , the game piece 200 b , and spaces in column E between yard lines 40 (nearer line 116 than 118 ) and yard line 10 (nearer line 118 than 116 ) form a straight line of spaces.
- ball carrier 200 b can throw a pass to the non-ball carrier 200 c shown in FIG. 4 .
- the fact that there are two second team player game pieces 202 b and 202 c on defense in between the ball carrier 200 b and the non ball carrier 200 c in FIG. 4 does not prevent the offense from attempting a pass.
- the offense uses a random number generator to determine where the ball designation device 204 goes.
- the random number generator may be a pair of dice.
- the non ball carrier or receiver 200 c is six spaces away from the ball carrier 200 b , in the direction of the straight line L 13 .
- the offense may use its offensive turn to roll a pair of dice or otherwise generate a random number.
- the random number is six or above, then the pass is complete and the ball designation device 204 is moved six spaces to the offensive player game piece 200 c , which now becomes the ball carrier.
- the receiver upon receiving the ball may move that number of ball carrier spaces. For example, if a seven were rolled for the FIG. 5 example, the receiver game piece 200 c which caught the ball can then move one space.
- the ball or ball designation device 204 is moved that number of spaces in a direct line from the thrower towards the receiver. For example, if a five was rolled, then the ball designation device 204 would be moved five spaces into the space in which the second team player game piece 202 c on defense is located in FIG. 5 . Because the player game piece on defense, in this case 202 c , is located on the same space as the ball designation device 204 , that would be an interception. The game piece 202 c would then be able to move two moves during an intercepting team's turn, along with the other pieces 202 a and 202 b .
- the team that lost the ball can thereafter move two moves, after the intercepting team, to try to stop the intercepting team.
- the teams may thereafter continue to alternate turns.
- no player game pieces may be able to take advantage of the fast spaces 114 .
- player game pieces may retain “fast” or “slow” designations that were set at the beginning of the offensive play which resulted in the interception.
- the pass may either be considered incomplete, or the ball designation device 204 may be left in the appropriate space of spaces 112 , until a player game piece, such as one of 200 a - c or 202 a - c moves into that space.
- a player game piece such as one of 200 a - c or 202 a - c moves into that space.
- the offensive player game pieces 200 c and 200 a may be allowed to use the fast spaces 114 while the defensive player game pieces 202 a - c , and the player game piece 200 b that threw the ball, may not be allowed to use the fast spaces. This simulates the concept of a receiver in real football coming back for the ball.
- the receiver offensive game piece is less than two spaces away from the thrower (or player game piece handing off or pitching) game piece than the receiver and the offensive game piece which is not the receiver and not the thrower, may move their predetermined number of moves on a turn, such as two, but the thrower may not.
- the thrower's moves are done by moving the ball designation device 204 , and so the thrower does not move during a turn in which the thrower throws or hands off.
- the offense must use an entire turn in order to attempt a throw. This means that no player game pieces of 200 a - c , on offense during a throw of over two spaces, may be moved, but rather only the ball designation device 204 moves during a throwing offensive turn. However, in one embodiment, a receiver offensive game piece may move after catching the ball, if the roll is greater than the number of spaces that the receiver is away from the thrower.
- the receiver After a receiver receives the ball, the receiver typically in one embodiment becomes a ball carrier and can only move ball carrier moves, which in one embodiment means a move from a space into an adjacent space and does not allow the ball carrier to take advantage of the fast spaces 114 .
- a defensive player game piece is on the same space as an offensive player game piece receiver, and a throw is attempted which reaches the space where the two are located then the throw will be intercepted in one or more embodiments. For example, if defensive player game piece 202 c is on the same space as offensive player game piece 200 c , and a throw is attempted and the roll on the dice is sufficient for the ball designation device 204 to reach the pieces 202 c and 200 c , then the defensive player game piece 202 c intercepts the ball and has the next turn.
- FIG. 6 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a - c , which are on defense, the three first team player game pieces 200 a - c , which are on offense, and the ball designation device 204 , with the game pieces 202 a - c and 200 a - c and the ball designation device 204 shown set up in different spaces to form a fifth state.
- FIG. 6 shows a possible goal line set up at the goal line 116 .
- FIG. 7 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three player game pieces 202 a - c , the three player game pieces 200 a - c , and the ball designation device 204 , with the player game pieces 200 a - c and the ball designation device 204 shown moved from the positions of FIG. 6 during a first team first running offensive turn to different spaces to form a sixth state.
- FIG. 7 demonstrates a “pushing” feature in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- Each player game piece of pieces 200 a - c which is a non ball carrier, and which is on offense, may be permitted to push a player game piece on defense into another space.
- player game piece 200 c has moved, in a direction of a diagonal line L 16 , from a space in column E, between the 0 and 10 yard lines (nearer 116 than 118 ) to a space in column F in the first row above the goal line 116 , from FIGS. 6 to 7 .
- the player game piece 202 b on defense, has been moved, in a direction of diagonal line L 17 during an offensive turn, from the space in column F, in the first row above the goal line 116 to the space in column G, in the second row above goal line 116 .
- the player game piece 200 c on offense, has effectively used its two moves to push the player game piece 202 b in a diagonal direction.
- each player game piece which is the non carrier of the ball, and which is on offense, may use its two moves to push a player game piece which is on defense, one space, so that the pushing offensive player game piece takes the space of the defensive player game piece and the defensive player game piece is pushed in the direction of the offensive player game piece's move (in this case diagonally upwards).
- the particular offensive player game piece in order to execute this “push” the particular offensive player game piece must have both of its two moves left. Effectively, there is one move to move the defensive player game piece and one move to move the offensive player game piece, which adds up to the offensive player game piece's two moves. Typically, two defensive player game pieces cannot be pushed so that if there were two defensive player game pieces one directly behind the other in a vertical direction, the offensive player game piece could not push both in the vertical direction.
- the first team player game piece 200 a has executed a push on the second team player game piece 202 a .
- the first team player game piece 200 a has moved in an upwards diagonal direction of line L 14 from the space in column G, between lines 0 and 10 (nearer 116 than 118 ) to the space in column H, in the first row above line 116 , and the second team player game piece 202 a has been pushed during an offensive turn in the direction of line L 15 from the space in column H, first row above the line 116 , to the space in column I, second row above the line 116 .
- the ball carrier player game piece 200 b has been moved two ball carrier moves from FIG. 6 to FIG. 7 .
- the piece 200 b has been moved from a space in column F between lines 0 and 10 (nearer line 116 than 118 ) in a direction of a line L 18 to a space in column G, between lines 10 and 20 (nearer line 116 than 118 ) during a first move, and in a direction L 19 to a space in column H, between lines 10 and 20 (nearer line 116 than 118 ) during a second move.
- the defense gets a chance to move its defensive player game pieces 202 a - c , typically in one embodiment, two moves each, in a manner previously explained.
- FIG. 8 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a - c , currently on defense, the three player game pieces 200 a - c , currently on offense, and the ball designation device 204 , with the game pieces 202 a - c shown moved from the positions of FIG. 7 during a second team first running defensive turn to different spaces to form a seventh state.
- the player game piece 202 c has moved from a space in column D, first row above line 116 to a space in column E, first row below line 116 in a direction L 24 during a first move, and then in a direction L 25 to a space in column F, in the first row below line 116 , during a second move.
- the player game piece 202 b has moved from a space in column G, first row at the top of the page to a space in column G, first row above line 116 in a direction L 22 during a first move, and then in a direction L 23 to a space in column H, in the first row below line 116 , during a second move.
- the player game piece 202 a has moved from a space in column I, first row at the top of FIGS. 7 and 8 , to a space in column I, first row above line 116 in a direction L 20 during a first move, and then in a direction L 21 to a space in column I, in the first row below line 116 , during a second move.
- FIG. 9 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a - c , the three first team player game pieces 200 a - c , and the ball designation device 204 , with the player game pieces 200 a - c and the ball designation device 204 shown moved from the positions of FIG. 8 during a first team second running offensive turn to different spaces to form an eighth state.
- the player game piece 200 b and the ball carrier designation device 204 located thereon have been moved from a space in column H, between yard lines 10 and 20 (nearer 116 than 118 ) in a direction L 26 during a first move, to a space in column G, first row below the line 116 , and then in a direction L 27 during a second move, to a space in column G, first row above the line 116 . Because the ball carrier, offensive player game piece 200 b and the ball designation device 204 that it is carrying have crossed the goal line 116 into the end zone section which includes the two rows of spaces above the line 116 , the offensive team has scored a touchdown for six points. The offensive team may attempt an extra point by using a random number generator such as a die or dice.
- rolling a predetermined number on a die or dice or higher that the predetermined number may complete an extra point and rolling less than a predetermined number may mean a missed extra point.
- rolling a one on a die may mean a missed extra point and a two or higher a made extra point.
- extra points may be attempted by moving the ball designation device 204 a number of spaces, mathematically related to a random number generated (such as greater than or equal to the random number) along an image of a football field on game board 100 (or 400 of FIG. 12 ), and a successful extra point is moved over an image of a crossbar, such as 430 c of an image of a goal post, such as 430 .
- the teams may then do a kickoff from the team that just scored to the team that did not score.
- the game pieces 200 a - c would then become the kicking team and the game pieces 202 a - c would become the receiving team.
- the first team player game pieces 200 a - c would then become defensive player game pieces and would move in the manner of a player game piece on defense as previously described.
- Second team player game pieces 202 a - c would become offensive player game pieces and would move in the manner of player game pieces on offense as previously described.
- the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c (and 800 a - c and 802 a - c of FIGS. 33-35 ) would play both offense and defense.
- Each of the first team player game pieces of 200 a - c (or 800 a - c ) may be identical to each other, except for designations which may or may not be associated to indicate whether each game piece is “fast” (able to take advantage of “fast spaces”) or “slow” (not able to take advantage of “fast” spaces).
- Each of the second team player game pieces 202 a - c may be identical to each other, except for designations which may or may not be associated to indicate whether each game piece is “fast” (able to take advantage of “fast spaces”) or “slow” (not able to take advantage of “fast” spaces). This aids in one or more embodiments, in keeping the rules of a football game straight forward, in accordance with at least one embodiment of the present invention, so that the game is enjoyable to play.
- FIG. 10 shows a top view of the football game board 100 of FIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a - c , the three first team player game pieces 200 a - c , and the ball designation device 204 , with the game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c and the ball designation device 204 set up for a kickoff.
- the kicking team may set its player game pieces on any space above the 30 yard line in the FIG. 10 example (nearer to the goal line 116 than 118 , in the FIG. 10 example). If the kickoff occurs from the 30 yard line closer to the bottom goal line 118 , then the kicking player game pieces may be set in any spaces below the 30 yard line (nearer to the goal line 118 ). However, typically the kicker, the player game piece starting with the ball designation device 204 , such as 202 b , in FIG. 10 , would start on a space just above and adjacent to the 30 yard line in the example of FIG. 10 and in a column which is substantially central, such as column F in FIG. 10 .
- a random number generator can be used to determine a number of spaces that the ball designation device 204 or football travels. For example, a pair of dice can be rolled and the ball moved the amount indicated by a pair of dice. If for example, an eight is rolled, then the ball can be moved eight spaces in a direct line from the player game piece 202 b to the player game piece 200 b . If the number was less than eight in the example of FIG.
- the ball will be placed in the appropriate space, in a direct line from 202 b to 200 b and a player game piece from either the kicking team or the receiving team must land, in at least one embodiment, on that space to pick up the ball or ball designation device 204 .
- the roll is greater than eight, in the example of FIG. 10
- the ball either goes over game piece's 200 b 's head into the space in column F, last row for a roll of nine, or goes out of the end zone for a roll of ten, eleven or twelve, and then the line of scrimmage becomes the twenty yard line for the team receiving the ball, which is the team including pieces 200 a - c in the FIG. 10 example. Play from scrimmage then commences as previously discussed.
- the kicking team On a kickoff play, the kicking team may be allowed to kick the ball, i.e. move ball designation device 204 based on the dice, and to move the non-kicking players, such as 202 c and 202 a , two moves each on a kicking team turn. Then the receiving team may be allowed to move its players two moves each on a receiving team turn. The kicking team and the receiving team may then alternate turns thereafter until, for example, a kicking team player game piece lands on a space occupied by a receiving team player game piece carrying the ball designation device 204 . Thereafter a play from scrimmage would be done as previously described.
- the kicking team would be allowed to designate up to two fast player game pieces, while the receiving team would only be allowed to designate one fast player game piece.
- the team on offense can designate up to two fast player game pieces, while the defense can designate only one fast player game piece.
- the player game piece with the ball on offense can use his two moves to throw a pass, lateral, or handoff, if the player passed to or handed off to is two spaces or less away from the player throwing or handing off the ball.
- the offense can throw or pitch the ball more than two spaces, by rolling two dice. The two dice determine how far the ball goes. If the combined number on the two dice is greater than or equal to the number of spaces to get from the thrower to the receiver, then the pass is complete. If not then the ball sits in a space, as far as it goes and can be intercepted. If there are spaces left over on the roll on a completed pass, the receiver can run after catching the ball, in one or more embodiments.
- the receiver After catching the ball, the receiver can only run one space at a time, i.e. in at least one embodiment, a player with the ball cannot take advantage of the “fast” spaces but can only move one space at a time.
- a player game piece with the ball designation device can be “fast” or “slow”, it would depend on whether a designation of fast was associated with that game piece.
- the thrower and the receiver In order to complete a pass, lateral, or handoff, the thrower and the receiver, in one embodiment, must be in a straight line with each other, such as in a horizontal, vertical, or diagonal line. If the thrower and the receiver are not in line, then a pass cannot be thrown in one or more embodiments. In other embodiments, particularly where passing zones are used, the passer and the receiver do not have to be in a straight line of spaces.
- a defensive player game piece can take advantage of fast spaces if a designation indicating that the player is fast is associated with that defensive player game piece. The defense can intercept the pass by landing on the space with the ball.
- the offensive player may push a defensive player game piece in the direction of movement of the offensive player game piece, in at least one embodiment.
- the offensive player game piece may push a defensive player in any direction, which makes the rules in one embodiment straight forward to play. In one embodiment, the defensive player game piece is not allowed to push an offensive player.
- a field goal can be done by generating a random number such as by rolling one die.
- a die roll of two or greater means that a field goal starting at the goal line is good.
- a die roll of three or greater means that a field goal starting at the ten yard line is good.
- a die roll of four or greater means that a field goal starting at the twenty is good.
- a die roll of five or greater means that a field goal starting at the thirty is good.
- a die roll of six means that a field goal starting at the forty is good.
- a combination of the regular six sided die (such as 620 or 630 ) and the 1/2 die ( 640 or 650 ) can be rolled for all field goals and all extra points.
- the ball designation device, such as 204 and 804 can be moved a number of spaces, in a single column, along an image of a football field (such as on game board 100 or 400 of FIG. 12 ).
- the ball designation device must go past or over an image of a cross bar, such as 430 c or 432 c of an image of a goal post, such as 430 or 432 .
- a cross bar such as 430 c or 432 c of an image of a goal post, such as 430 or 432 .
- a total of “three” of the combination of, for example die 620 and 640 would need to be rolled to make an extra point or a field goal from either goal line, of goal lines 416 or 418 , through goal posts 430 and 432 , respectively.
- one die such as a specially labelled “FG/PAT” die 800 shown in FIGS. 42A-B , can be rolled to attempt a field goal or an extra point.
- the offense has four downs to score before turning over the ball as in American football.
- the offense may kick a field goal on any down, and may punt on any down.
- a punt may be determined by rolling a single die, such as specially labelled “Punt” die 820 shown in FIGS. 44A-B , and having the ball designation device, such as 204 or 804 , travel in a straight line, in a single direction, forward from the line of scrimmage, a number of spaces, equal to the number rolled on the die.
- FIG. 11 shows a computer apparatus 300 which can display an image of a game board, such as the game board 100 of FIG. 1 , game board 400 of FIG. 12 , or game board 500 of FIG. 13 , in accordance with embodiments of the present invention on a computer monitor 306 .
- the computer apparatus 300 includes a computer memory 302 , a computer processor 304 , the computer monitor 306 , and a computer interactive device 308 .
- the computer processor 304 may be connected by communications links to the computer monitor 306 , the computer memory 302 , and the computer interactive device 308 .
- the computer monitor 306 may display an image of the game board 100 and images of the game pieces 200 a - c , 202 a - c and ball designation device 204 .
- the computer processor 304 may be programmed by computer software to allow the game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c (or 800 a - c or 802 a - c of FIGS.
- the computer interactive device 308 may include a computer mouse, computer keyboard, and/or computer touch screen.
- the computer monitor 306 may be a computer touch screen and may be part of the computer interactive device 308 .
- a first human player or person and an opponent second human player or person can use the computer mouse and/or computer keyboard or touch screen of 308 to move the pieces 200 a - c , 202 a - c (or 800 a - c and 802 a - c ) and device 204 (or 804 ) in the appropriate manner in accordance with embodiments of the football game previously described.
- a first person or human player may be able to move pieces 200 a - c from the FIG. 2 state to the FIG. 3 state by clicking on images of those pieces and/or dragging those pieces from one space or image on the computer monitor 306 to another.
- the computer memory 302 may include rules for the football game as previously described, and that may be executed by the computer processor 304 as programmed by computer software.
- the computer processor 304 may be programmed to keep a score in the computer memory 302 , such as a score for the first team (controlled by first person or first human player) and a score for the second team (controlled by the second person or second human player) and the computer processor 304 may cause the scores to be displayed on the computer monitor 306 .
- FIG. 12 shows a top view of a football game board 400 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the football game board 400 may be a part of and may be printed on a piece of cardboard or other hard backing material or may be displayed on a computer monitor, such as a computer monitor 306 of FIG. 11 by a computer processor, such as 304 , in accordance with a computer program stored in computer memory 302 .
- the game board 400 can be used in combination with all of, some of, or none of the game rules, for playing a football game, as previously described with reference to FIGS. 1-11 in or more embodiments of the present invention.
- the game board 400 includes a plurality of spaces 412 , such as spaces 412 a , 412 b , 412 c , and 412 d . Similar to the game board 100 of FIG. 1 , each of the plurality of spaces 412 may be rectangular and boarded by lines on four sides. The plurality of spaces 412 are arranged in a grid, which may typically be rectangular in at least one embodiment. The grid includes a plurality of columns marked near the top of FIG.
- the game board 400 has a top surface 401 shown in FIG. 12 and in part in FIG. 25 .
- Each column, of columns AA-JJ has a subset of the plurality 412 of spaces and each row, of the rows KK-XX, includes a subset of the plurality of spaces 412 .
- each of columns AA-JJ has fourteen spaces, and each of the rows KK-XX has ten spaces of the plurality of spaces 412 .
- more columns and more rows than shown in FIG. 12 may be provided. However, to provide adequate spacing for player game pieces to run and get open for passes, it is preferred in one embodiment that the number of spaces in width be at least three times greater than the number of player game pieces on a team.
- the game board 400 includes an outer boundary 420 , which may enclose all of the plurality of spaces 412 , and which is a boundary for an American football field or field, image, or display 401 a of an American football field.
- the outer boundary 420 includes an end line 420 a , an end line 420 d , and sidelines 420 e and 420 f .
- a line 420 b is provided which cuts a top end zone section above a goal line 416 in half
- a line 420 c is provided which cuts a bottom end zone section below a goal line 418 , in half.
- the background color or the background shading for the plurality of spaces 412 alternates by row or by a number of rows.
- the background shading or color of the plurality of spaces 412 is an example of a characteristic of the plurality of spaces 412 .
- rows WW and XX are shown with background hatching or shading
- the next set of rows UU and VV are shown with no background hatching or shading.
- Rows SS and TT are shown with background hatching or shading
- rows QQ and RR are shown without background hatching or shading
- rows OO and PP are shown with background hatching or shading
- rows MM and NN are shown without background hatching or shading
- rows KK and LL are shown with background hatching or shading.
- the background hatching or shading may represent or may be replaced by a first color and the lack of background hatching or shading may represent or may be replaced by a second color which is substantially different from the first color. If spaces of rows OO and PP had a background color of any type of green, spaces of rows MM and NN would be colored substantially different if they had a background color of something which is not any type of green.
- the spaces in rows KK and LL above the top goal line 416 , and the spaces in rows WW and XX below the bottom goal line 418 may have a background color or background shading which is different from the rows SS, TT, OO, and PP.
- the background shading or background color does not need to alternate but rather merely to change in some manner every row or every number of rows.
- spaces of spaces 412 in rows WW and XX would have the same or substantially the same first background color or background shading (such as in one example any type of green), spaces in rows UU and VV in FIG.
- rows QQ and RR may have a fourth background color or shading
- rows OO and PP may have a fifth background color or shading
- rows MM and NN may have a sixth background color or shading
- rows KK and LL may have a seventh background color or shading.
- All of the first through seventh background colors or shading may be different, or in other embodiments some of them may be the same, but typically two adjacent groupings of rows would not have the same background color or shading, so that there may be a change in background color or shading from one grouping or rows to an adjacent grouping of rows.
- a grouping of rows may be a slight change in coloration of spaces to form a checkerboard.
- the grouping of rows WW and XX may have a checkerboard pattern of light green and dark green spaces of spaces 412
- the adjacent grouping of rows, UU and VV may have a checkerboard pattern of light blue and dark blue spaces of spaces 412 . It is important in one or more embodiments that there be a clear change in characteristic of the spaces from one grouping of rows (or passing zone) to another.
- the plurality of spaces 412 includes a plurality of fast spaces 414 , such as the fast space 414 a .
- Each fast space is marked to indicate that it is a fast space.
- a fast space is identified or marked by having a star symbol or some other graphic or graphic symbol in the space.
- the fast space 414 a is marked with the star symbol or graphic symbol 415 a .
- Each of the other fast spaces of fast spaces 414 is also marked with the same star symbol, as is the fast space 414 a , in FIG. 12 .
- FIG. 12 has fast spaces in the same locations and thus the same pattern as in the embodiment of FIG. 1 , however other patterns may be possible, in other embodiments.
- FIG. 12 there are alternating fast spaces in each even row from the top of FIG. 12 and there are alternating fast spaces in each odd column from the sideline 420 e to the sideline 420 f .
- This layout for the plurality of fast spaces 414 allows a user of a football game and of the game board 400 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention to easily move one or more player game pieces, when permitted to do so, from one fast space to another fast space during a move without counting the non-fast spaces in between the fast spaces.
- only some of a plurality of player game pieces are allowed to take advantage of the fast spaces, which effectively allows those player game pieces to move faster than other player game pieces.
- Fast player game pieces or “fast players” and slow player game pieces or non fast player game pieces or “slow players” may move as previously described with reference to FIGS. 1-11 .
- the game board 400 in FIG. 12 also includes goal posts 430 and 432 .
- the goal posts 430 and 432 may be considered to be part of an image of football field 401 a although parts of goal posts 430 and 432 may lie outside of boundary 420 .
- the goal post 430 includes post 430 a , connecting piece 430 b , crossbar 430 c , and uprights 430 d and 430 e .
- the goal post 432 includes post 432 a , connecting piece 432 b , crossbar 432 c , and uprights 432 d and 432 e .
- the crossbars 430 c and 432 c are parallel to, and overlap the end lines 420 a and 420 d , respectively.
- the uprights 430 d and 432 d overlap a line dividing columns DD and EE.
- the upright 430 e and 432 e overlap a line dividing columns FF and GG.
- the goal posts 430 a and 432 a are equidistant from the ends lines 420 e and 420 f.
- the game board 400 in FIG. 12 also includes kickoff dashed lines 434 a and 434 b located on the yard lines identified by “30”, i.e. the “30” yard lines.
- the kickoff lines 434 a and 434 b may also be identified with the words “Kickoff” as shown both right side up and upside down so the words can be read by a person (who controls a first team) located on the side of end line 420 d and an opponent person (who controls opposing second team) located on the side of end line 420 a .
- the kickoff lines 434 a and 434 b can be colored lines instead of dashed lines, such as yellow colored lines, to distinguish these lines from other lines separating rows KK-XX and columns AA-JJ.
- the game board 400 also includes “Kick or Snap” column identifiers 436 a and 436 b .
- the “Kick” or “snap” column identifiers 436 a and 436 b may also be identified by the words “Kick” or “snap” right side up and upside down to show to one person (at end line 420 a ) and his opponent (at end line 420 d ).
- the identifiers 436 a and 436 b indicate the columns of AA-JJ where a ball device (such as 204 in FIG. 2 or ball device 710 in FIGS. 23A-B or ball device 804 in FIG. 33 ), can be kicked or snapped from. In FIG.
- the ball designation device such as 204 ( FIG. 2 ) or 804 ( FIGS. 33-35 ) should be kicked or snapped, on a regular offensive football play from a scrimmage line, on a field goal, or on a kickoff, from a space in columns EE or FF, which are the central columns in game board 400 .
- the lines between rows UU and VV are marked with the number “10” on both the left sideline 420 e and the right side line 420 f and an arrow or triangular pointer to indicate in which direction the closest goal line is (in this case 418 ) of the two goal lines 416 and 418 .
- the lines between rows UU and TT, TT and SS, SS and RR, RR and QQ, QQ, and PP, PP and OO, OO and NN, and NN and MM are marked with numbers 20, 30, 40, 50, 40, 30, 20, and 10, respectively, along with an appropriate arrow or triangular pointer.
- the yard line numbers may be printed on the board 400 or may be displayed on a computer monitor, such as monitor 306 by computer processor 304 as programmed by a computer program in computer memory 302 of FIG. 11 .
- the game board 400 may be used in a three first team player game pieces versus three second team player game pieces football game, where only three player game pieces, from each team, are placed on the board board 400 for any play.
- each first team player game piece (on offense) which is not passing, pitching, kicking, or handing a ball designation device (such as 804 of FIG. 33 ) off to another first team player game piece or blocking a second team player game piece (on defense), may make two moves. If a first team player game piece (on offense) has been designated as a “fast” player, the first team player game piece (on offense) may take advantage of the “fast” spaces in the manner previously described with respect to FIGS. 1-11 . If the first team player game piece (on offense) has not been designated a “fast” player then that player game piece cannot take advantage of the “fast” spaces, i.e. each space of spaces 412 must be counted when moving.
- a first team player game piece (on offense) is throwing, handing off, kicking, or pitching a ball device, such as ball designation device 804 shown in FIG. 33 , then that player cannot move on that turn, but rather the ball device, such as 804 , moves.
- a first team player game piece (on offense) is receiving a pass, which has been thrown using a passing die, such as die 600 of FIGS. 14A-B or passing dice then that first team player game piece (on offense) cannot move during the turn when the passing die or dice are used.
- a first team player game piece on offense
- that player game piece can move two moves minus any moves the ball device, such as ball device 804 (of FIG. 33 ) has made, where the ball device 804 moves only in straight lines (when not moved with the passing die or dice), and the ball device 804 can otherwise take advantage of the fast spaces.
- a first team player game piece (on offense) is blocking
- the first team player piece (on offense) is allowed one push of one space of spaces 412 , which means the first team player game piece (on offense) and the opposing second team player game piece (on defense) that is being pushed move in one direction
- an offensive player game piece can only push a defensive player game piece that is in an adjacent space.
- each defensive player game piece (of whichever of the first or second teams is on defense) is allowed to move two moves per defensive turn. If designated a “fast” player, a defensive player game piece (of whichever team is on defense) can take advantage of the “fast” spaces.
- a defensive player game piece can execute a covering move as previously described with reference to FIGS. 1-11 , in one embodiment, but cannot, in one embodiment, jump over or step on and over an offensive player game piece on one defensive turn.
- passing from a passer first team player game piece (on offense) to a receiver first team player game piece (on offense), using the game board 400 of FIG. 12 can be done as follows.
- a person can roll a passing die (such as FIG. 14A-B , 15 A-B, 20 A-B, or 21 A-B), or otherwise generate a random number. If the random number is greater than or equal to the number of passing zones that the ball device 804 must pass through in order to reach the receiver player game piece then the pass is complete (unless the receiver is covered by a defender, i.e. the defender occupies the same space as the intended receiver). For example, referring to FIG.
- the ball device 804 On its way from the passer player game piece in column FF and row TT, the ball device 804 would have to go one zone into a passing zone of rows QQ and RR, two zones into a passing zone of rows OO and PP, three zones into a passing zone of rows MM and NN, and four zones into a passing zone of rows KK and LL. There are thus four passing zone transitions, or substantial changes in color (or shading) as the ball device 804 goes from the space in column FF and row TT to the space in column AA and row KK and thus a “4” (or greater is some embodiments) is needed on a passing die or other random generator to complete the pass. If less than “4” is generated, i.e. such as “1”, “2”, or “3”, then the pass, in one embodiment, is considered to be incomplete.
- the random number generator or die may include a non number designation that indicates that the pass is incomplete or the pass will be intercepted if a defensive player game piece is close enough to the intended receiver. In at least one embodiment, if an opposing player game piece (on defense) is in a space next to the intended first team receiver player game piece (on offense) and if the die is rolled and the non number designation comes up, then the pass is intercepted, and the defender player game piece next gets to move.
- a kickoff can be done using a passing die ( 600 , 610 , 660 or 670 , with “X” counted as 0) and a regular six sided die ( 620 or 630 ), while a field goal can be done using a regular six sided die, such as 620 in FIG. 16A-16B or 630 in FIGS. 17A-17B , and a die which has six sides but has only three “2”'s and three “1”'s, so that either a “1” or a “2” is generated, such as 640 in FIGS. 18A-B or 650 in FIGS. 19A-B .
- the ball device 804 may be located in row RR, at the fifty yard line facing the goal post 430 in the column EE or FF (kicking or snap columns) as shown in FIG. 33 , in a situation where the line of scrimmage is the “50” yard line.
- a person may roll a regular die ( 620 or 630 ) in combination with a “1/2” die ( 640 or 650 ). The person may then move the ball designation device 804 in a directly upwards vertical direction towards the goal post 430 the number of spaces indicated by the regular die in combination with the 1/2 die. For example, if “six” and “2” came up on the two dice, then the person can move the ball designation device 804 , shown in FIG.
- the ball designation device 804 moves one space from row RR and column FF to row QQ and column FF, next one space to row PP and column FF, next one space to row OO and column FF, next one space to row NN and column FF, next one space to row MM and column FF, next one space to row LL and column FF, next one space to row KK and column FF, and next over the cross bar 430 c , for a total of eight spaces.
- a person would move the ball designation device along the image 401 a of the football field on the game board 400 , and count each space. As in American football, if the field goal is good, then the team who made it gets three points. A scoring device, such as 518 in FIG. 13 , can be incremented by three to represent the three points. If less than seven had been rolled in this example, the ball designation device 804 would not have made it over or past the cross bar 430 c and the field goal would be missed, no points for the player who kicked it, and possession is given to the other team.
- the single die 800 in FIGS. 42A-B marked “FG/PAT” can be rolled for field goals and extra points, in which case the longest field goal would be from a line of scrimmage at the “40” yard line closer to the goal post kicked towards then the opposite goal post.
- the single die 810 in FIGS. 43A-B marked “Kickoff” can be rolled for kickoffs.
- a three on three version of the football game plays better if the team which is on offense is allowed two fast player game pieces (of its three player game pieces) and the opposing team which is on defense is allowed only one fast player game piece. (of its three player game pieces). It has also been found that the game plays better when each team is allowed to disguise which player game pieces are fast and which are slow.
- FIG. 13 shows top view of a football game board 500 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the football game board 500 may include the game board 400 described in detail with reference to FIG. 12 .
- the game board 500 may include a ball or ball designation device location indicator 501 .
- the ball location indicator 501 may include a track device 502 in which a sliding device 504 may slide to identify a line of scrimmage yard line location for a football or ball designation device, such as 804 in FIG. 33 , on the football field 401 a of the game board 400 , before the start of a play or after a play has concluded.
- the track device 502 may include rails 502 a and 502 b , and may have a slot 502 c .
- the rails 502 a and 502 b , and the slot 502 c are parallel to the columns AA-JJ of the board 400 and surface 400 a .
- the sliding device 504 includes a pointer or triangular piece 506 , having a point, tip or vertex 506 a located adjacent the end line 420 f .
- the sliding device 504 has been placed in a location so that it points to the “50” yard line of the game board 400 or 400 a .
- the sliding device 504 can be slid up and down in directions parallel to the columns AA-JJ, to put the point or tip 506 a , next to any of the goal lines 416 , 418 , the “50” yard line, any of the yard lines “10”, “20”, “30”, “40” nearer to the goal line 416 than the goal line 418 , or any of the yard lines “10”, “20”, “30”, “40”, nearer to the goal line 418 than 416 .
- the sliding device 504 may include a top piece or portion, such as 513 shown in FIGS. 36A-F , which lies above and moves above the rails 502 a and 502 b , a bottom piece or portion 517 shown in FIGS. 36A-B , which lies underneath and moves underneath the rails 502 a and 502 b , and a connecting piece or portion, such as 515 shown in FIG. 36A-F which connects the top piece 513 and the bottom piece 517 and which lies in the slot 502 c.
- a top piece or portion such as 513 shown in FIGS. 36A-F , which lies above and moves above the rails 502 a and 502 b
- a bottom piece or portion 517 shown in FIGS. 36A-B which lies underneath and moves underneath the rails 502 a and 502 b
- a connecting piece or portion such as 515 shown in FIG. 36A-F which connects the top piece 513 and the bottom piece 517 and which lies in the slot 502
- the sliding device 504 may include a football down indicator (i.e. for first, second, third, or fourth down in a football game).
- the football down indicator may include a plurality of plates, such as including plates 507 - 511 shown in FIGS. 37A-C , 38 A-C, 39 A-C, 40 A-C, and 41 A-C, respectively.
- the plates 507 - 511 may be held by loops, rings, or U shaped fasteners 512 and 514 which allow the plates to be flipped to change the football down, similar to what is done with a down marker in an actual American football game.
- FIGS. 37A-C , 38 A-C, 39 A-C, 40 A-C, and 41 A-C show side, top, and bottom views of plates 507 , 508 , 509 , 510 , and 511 , respectively.
- plate 507 has a top surface 507 a which is blank and a bottom surface 507 b on which is displayed “1” (for first down).
- plate 508 has a top surface 508 a on which is displayed “1” (for first down) and a bottom surface 508 b on which is displayed “2” (for second down).
- FIGS. 37A-C , 38 A-C, 39 A-C, 40 A-C, and 41 A-C show side, top, and bottom views of plates 507 , 508 , 509 , 510 , and 511 , respectively.
- plate 507 has a top surface 507 a which is blank and a bottom surface 507 b on which is displayed “1” (for first down).
- plate 508
- plate 509 has a top surface 509 a on which is displayed “2” (for second down) and a bottom surface 508 b on which is displayed “3” (for third down).
- plate 510 has a top surface 510 a on which is displayed “3” (for second down) and a bottom surface 510 b on which is displayed “4” (for fourth down).
- plate 511 has a top surface 511 a on which is displayed “4” (for fourth down) and a bottom surface 510 b which is blank.
- Each of plates 507 - 511 has two holes into which the loops, or U-shaped connectors 512 and 514 are inserted to hold or attach the plates 507 - 511 to the portion 513 , but allow the plates 507 - 511 to be flipped over so that either the top surface or the bottom surface of the appropriate plate can be viewed.
- the plate 507 has been flipped over (from the orientation shown in FIG. 36A-D so that in FIG. 34 , surface 507 b can be viewed (i.e. is face up with respect to top surface 500 a of board 500 ) and the surface 507 a is face down with respect to surface 500 a of board 500 , so surface 507 a cannot be viewed.
- FIG. 34 the plate 507 has been flipped over (from the orientation shown in FIG. 36A-D so that in FIG. 34 , surface 507 b can be viewed (i.e. is face up with respect to top surface 500 a of board 500 ) and the surface 507 a is face down with
- the plate 508 has been flipped over (from the orientation shown in FIG. 34 so that in FIG. 35 , surface 508 b can be viewed (i.e. is face up with respect to surface 500 a of board 500 ) and the surface 508 a is face down with respect to surface 500 a of board 500 , so surface 508 a cannot be viewed.
- the down can be changed from “1” (1st down), to “2” (2nd down), to “3” (third down), and to “4” (fourth down).
- the game board 500 also includes a first team score device 518 and a second team score device 516 .
- the devices 516 and 518 may include a plurality of flip plates which allow two digit scores from “00” to “99” for each team.
- the devices 516 and 518 may be or may be replaced by any scoring mechanism which allows for such scores, such as digital scoring mechanisms, rotary scoring mechanisms, or any other scoring mechanisms.
- the devices 516 and 518 may show one team's score or both teams' scores, so that both persons playing the game can easily view both teams' scores. Score keeping devices may be provided by processor 524 , memory 526 , and a computer display 520 .
- the game board 500 may also include processor or computer processor 524 , memory or computer memory 526 , and display or computer display 520 .
- the processor 524 may be programmed by a computer program stored in memory 526 to display a number indicating a quarter of an American football game, along with the designation of “Quarter” or an abbreviation of “Quarter” (such as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th quarter), and to display a time remaining in the particular quarter, along with a designation of “Clock” in the display 520 .
- the processor 524 is electronically connected to buttons or actuators 528 , 530 , 532 , 534 a , 534 b , 536 , and 538 .
- the actuators 528 , 530 , 532 , 534 a , 534 b , 536 , and 538 may be push buttons and may be actuated by pushing them. Actuating or pushing, actuator 528 causes the clock time displayed on display 520 to stop. Actuating or pushing, actuator 538 causes the clock time displayed on display 520 to run down. Actuating or pushing, actuator 530 causes the clock time displayed on display 520 to be reset to fifteen minutes, and the quarter to be reset to “1” for the first quarter, in one embodiment.
- Actuating 530 in other embodiments, may cause the clock time to be set to different amounts of time, such as for example two, five, or ten minutes for shorter games.
- Actuating or pushing actuator 536 causes the clock time to be changed, such as immediately reduced, by a certain amount of time, such as a certain number of seconds. I.e. actuating the actuator 536 may cause the clock time to go from fifteen minutes “15:00”, to “14:45”, i.e. the clock time in this example is immediately changed (lowered) by fifteen seconds.
- Actuator 534 a can be used to set the minutes of the clock time to a certain amount
- actuator 534 b can be used to set the seconds of the clock to a certain amount.
- holding down actuator 534 a may cause the minutes to cycle through from “0” through “15”, and holding down actuator 534 b may cause the seconds to cycle through from “00” to “59”, until the respective actuators are released and then the minutes or seconds are set.
- the processor 524 may also be electronically connected to buttons or actuators 560 , 548 , 546 , 544 a , 544 b , 542 , and 540 , which may perform the same or similar functions to their counterparts 528 , 530 , 532 , 534 a , 534 b , 536 , and 538 , respectively.
- Two sets of actuators may be used, in at least one embodiment, so that the person near end line 420 a (controlling first team) and the person near end line 420 d (controlling second team), may each have a set of actuators, which are labelled facing the appropriate person.
- the game board 400 may be displayed on computer monitor 306 , in which case, the processor 304 and the memory 302 ( FIG. 11 ) may perform the functions of processor 524 and memory 526 .
- the game board 400 may be printed on a backing, such as a cardboard backing of game board 500 , and in this case the processor 524 , memory 526 , and actuators 560 , 548 , 546 , 544 a , 544 b , 542 , and 540 , 528 , 530 , 532 , 534 a , 534 b , 536 , and 538 , may be physically attached along with connective wiring to the backing of the game board 500 , so that game board 400 occupies one space on the backing of game board 500 and the processor 524 , memory 526 and actuators occupy another space on the game backing as shown by FIG. 13 .
- FIGS. 14A-14B show perspective views of a type of a passing die 600 .
- the passing die 600 is labeled on each side with the designation “Pass” typically permanently fixed thereon such as by printing.
- the passing die 600 is a solid six sided cube.
- FIG. 14A shows a top, front, and right side perspective view of the passing die 600 .
- FIG. 14B shows a bottom, rear, and left side perspective view of the passing die 600 .
- the passing die 600 has top, front, right, bottom, rear, and left surfaces.
- the top surface of the die 600 has printed on it or otherwise fixed thereon, such as permanently fixed thereon, an “X” which when it comes up on a roll of die 600 indicates that a pass will either be incomplete or intercepted.
- the front, right, bottom, rear, and left surfaces of the die 600 have printed on them or otherwise fixed thereon, such as permanently fixed thereon, a “5”, “3”, “1”, “4”, and “2”, respectively, and the number that comes up on a roll of die 600 indicates that a ball designation device, such as ball designation device 804 shown in FIGS. 33-35 can move up to that number of passing zones on a pass.
- a ball designation device such as ball designation device 804 shown in FIGS. 33-35 can move up to that number of passing zones on a pass.
- FIGS. 15A-14B show perspective views of a type of a passing die 610 .
- the passing die is also labeled with a designation of “Pass”.
- the passing die 610 may be the same as the passing die 600 except that one dot, two dots, three dots, four dots, and five dots, for FIGS. 15A-B , are shown in place of “1”, “2”, “3”, “4”, and “5”, respectively, in FIGS. 14A-14B .
- FIGS. 16A-16B show perspective views of a known six sided die 620 .
- the die 620 is a solid six sided cube.
- FIG. 16A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the known die 620 .
- FIG. 16B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the known die 620 .
- FIGS. 17A-17B show perspective views of a known six sided die 630 .
- the die 630 is a solid six sided cube.
- FIG. 17A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the known die 630 .
- FIG. 17B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the known die 630 .
- FIGS. 18A-18B show perspective views of a type of one/two (1/2) die 640 which can be rolled in an embodiment of the present invention along with either die 620 or 630 for kicking field goals.
- a known die such as 620 or 630 and a 1/2 die may be replaced by one die with numbers from one through eight, or with some other random number generator that randomly generates one of whole numbers one through eight for field goal kicking.
- a lower or higher maximum number, rather than eight, may be used, to lower the maximum possible length of field goals kicked or increase the maximum possible length of field goals kicked.
- the die 640 is a solid six sided cube.
- FIG. 18A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the die 640 .
- FIG. 18B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the die 640 .
- the die 640 has top, front, right, bottom, rear, and left surfaces, which have printed thereon or otherwise fixed thereto the numbers “2”, “2”, “1”, “1”, “1”, and “2”, so that there is a fifty percent chance of rolling a “2” and a fifty percent chance of rolling a “1” with die 640 .
- the die 650 is the same as the die 640 except that the numbers “2”, “2”, “1”, “1”, “1”, and “2”, have been replaced with two dots, two dots, one dot, one dot, one dot, and two dots, respectively.
- FIGS. 20A-20B show perspective views of a passing die 660 .
- the die 660 is labelled with the designation of “Pass”.
- the passing die 660 may be the same as the passing die 600 except that the “5” number has been replaced with “0”. If the die 660 is used the ball designation device 804 can only move up to a maximum of four passing zones (when a “4” is rolled with die 660 ), while if die 600 is used the ball designation device 204 can be moved up to a maximum of five passing zones (when a “5” is rolled with die 600 ). Other number arrangements or dot arrangements can be used, in other embodiments, to decrease or increase the maximum number of passing zones that the ball designation device 204 can move through on a pass.
- FIGS. 21A-21B show perspective views of a passing die 670 which is the same as passing die 660 , except dots are used in place of numbers.
- FIGS. 22A-2D show perspective views of a player game piece 700 .
- FIG. 22E shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece 700 .
- FIGS. 22F-2G show bottom and top views of the player game piece 700 .
- the player game piece 700 can be used for any one of the first team player game pieces 200 a - c or the second team player game pieces 202 a - c shown in FIGS. 2-9 or the first team player game pieces 800 a - c or the second team player game pieces 802 a - c shown in FIGS. 33-35 .
- the player game piece 700 can be placed on and used on the game board 100 shown in FIG. 1 , the game board 400 , and the game board 500 , in conjunction with some or all of the rules for an American football game as described herein in this application.
- the player game piece 700 includes a peripheral, cylindrical wall 702 , an upper surface 706 , and a lower surface 704 .
- the player game piece 700 includes an attachment device 706 a and an attachment device 704 a .
- the peripheral wall 702 surrounds an upper cavity or indentation 705 near the upper surface 706 .
- the peripheral wall 702 surrounds a lower cavity or indentation 703 near the lower surface 704 .
- There is a symbol 707 such as a football helmet, on the upper surface 706 to indicate that player game piece 700 represents a football player.
- the symbol 707 may be colored a first color and/or decorated with a first design for the first team, and colored a second color (different from the first) and/or decorated a second design (different from the first) for the second team. Symbols or designs specific to each team may also be placed on an exterior 702 a of the peripheral wall 702 .
- FIGS. 23A-23B show perspective views of a football game piece or ball designation device 710 .
- the ball designation device 204 of FIG. 2-10 , or 804 of FIGS. 33-35 may be or may be replaced by the ball designation device 710 .
- the ball designation device 710 may be a solid piece, having a football or elliptical outer shape.
- the device 710 may have a top surface 712 and a bottom surface 714 .
- FIGS. 24A-24B show perspective views of a “fast” player indicator 720 .
- the indicator 720 may be a solid piece which may be circular.
- the indicator 720 may have a top surface 722 , a bottom surface 724 , and a body 726 .
- the word “Fast” may be printed on or otherwise permanently fixed on the surface 724 .
- FIG. 25 shows a cross sectional view of the “fast” player indicator 720 of FIGS. 24A-24B and the ball designation device 710 of FIGS. 23A-23B attached to the player game piece 700 of FIGS. 22A-22G .
- the ball designation device 710 and the attachment device 706 a of the player game piece 700 may attach to each other by magnetic force.
- the ball designation device 710 may be a magnet or may be a metal (which is attracted by a magnet) while the attachment device 706 a may be metal (which is attracted by a magnet) or magnet, so that devices 710 and 706 a are held together by magnetic force.
- device 710 may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion
- device 706 a may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion which attaches to and detaches from device 710
- the indicator 720 and the attachment device 704 a may attach to each other by magnetic force.
- the indicator 720 may be a magnet or may be a metal (which is attracted by a magnet) while the attachment device 704 a may be metal (which is attracted by a magnet) or magnet, so that the indicator 720 and the attachment device 704 a are held together by magnetic force.
- indicator 720 may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion
- device 704 a may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion which attaches to and detaches from device 720 .
- the player game piece 700 is placed on the top surface 401 of the game board 400 (or the game board 100 or 500 ) with the ball designation device 710 (which may be the same as 204 or 804 ) attached to the attachment device 706 a and the indicator 720 attached to the attachment device 704 a .
- the surface 724 showing the designation “Fast” is completely hidden from view by a combination of the peripheral wall 702 and the board 400 .
- the indicator 720 is attached to the attachment device 704 so that the “Fast” designation on the surface 724 can be seen, by taking the player game piece 710 off of the board 4100 and flipping the player game piece 710 over to see the surface 724 , without removing the indicator 720 from the player game piece 710 .
- a hidden indicator can be associated or not associated, such as by being attached or not attached to the player game piece 710 to indicate whether game piece 710 is a “fast” player which can take advantage of the fast spaces such as 114 or 414 , as previously described with reference to FIG. 1 and FIG. 12 , respectively.
- a first person, controlling the first team, and a second person controlling the opposing second team may thus secretly associate or not associate fast designations, such as by attaching or not attaching “fast” indicators, such as 720 , to each player game piece (such as each of player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c previously described for FIG. 2-10 or 800 a - c and 802 a - c of FIGS. 33-35 ) to determine whether each is a “fast” player.
- a “fast” indicator 720 if a “fast” indicator 720 is not attached, then the player game piece may be considered to be “slow”, i.e. cannot take advantage of the fast spaces 114 ( FIG. 1 ) or 414 ( FIG. 12 ).
- the player game piece 700 may have the ball designation device 710 attached and thus may be a ball carrier. (i.e. may be the quarterback with the ball, or a running back with the ball, or any other player game piece in active possession of the ball).
- the indicator 720 is separate from the ball designation device 710 , such that the ball carrier may be designated a “fast” player or a “slow” player.
- the “fast” indicator 720 is shown as a removable or detachable piece as described with reference to FIG. 24B and FIG. 25 .
- the indicator 720 may be permanently attached to the player game piece 710 in the hidden position shown in FIG. 25 .
- all of a team's player game pieces would have the same appearance except for the surface 724 , which would indicate a “fast” player for some of the team's player game pieces, and would have no indicator or would indicate a “slow” player for others of the team's player game pieces.
- the first team typically would need four first team player game pieces (although only three would play on the board, such as board 400 ) and the second team would also need four second team player game pieces (although only three would play on the board, such as board 400 ).
- first team player game pieces although only three would play on the board, such as board 400
- second team player game pieces although only three would play on the board, such as board 400 .
- four player game pieces would be needed for each team (when they are permanently marked in at least one embodiment) although only three play for each team on the board 400 .
- Four player game pieces, for each team can be provided with a game board, such as 400 in a kit for an embodiment of the present application.
- the “fast” indicator 720 be a removable or detachable indicator, or otherwise changeable indicator. In this manner it will be virtually impossible for the opposing team to guess which of the other team's player game pieces are “fast” and which are “slow”.
- FIGS. 26A-26C show perspective views of another player game piece 730 which can be used for any of the player game pieces 200 a - c and 202 a - c referred to in FIG. 2-10 , or 800 a - c and 802 a - c of FIGS. 33-35 , on any of the game boards 100 or 400 .
- the player game piece 730 may be the same as the player game piece 700 except as will be described.
- the player game piece 730 may include a peripheral wall 732 , a top surface 734 , and a bottom surface 736 .
- FIG. 26A shows a top perspective view
- FIGS. 26B and 26C show bottom perspective views from the front and rear respectively.
- the peripheral wall 732 may have an inner surface 738 from which an annular ridge or protruding ridge or bump 738 a extends into a cavity 739 which is surrounded by the peripheral wall 732 .
- FIGS. 27A-2C show bottom, top, perspective, and cross sectional views of a removable attachment device or indicator 740 for indicating a fast player or fast player game piece.
- the device or indicator 740 includes a bottom surface 742 and a top surface 749 on which the designation “Fast” is located.
- the device 740 includes a body portion 744 which having a lip 744 a , an indentation 744 b , and a lip 744 c , all of which may be cylindrical or substantially cylindrical.
- the device 740 also includes an indented portion 746 , and a portion 748 , each of which may also be cylindrical or substantially cylindrical.
- the location of portions 746 and 744 b are shown by dashed lines in FIG. 27B , but typically would not be visible from that view.
- FIG. 28A shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece 730 and the attachment device or indicator 740 .
- FIG. 28B shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece 730 and the attachment device 740 for indicating a fast player, which has been attached to the player game piece 730 .
- the attachment device 740 has been attached to the game piece 730 so that the annular ridge 738 a of the game piece 730 lies inside of or fits within the indentation or gap 744 b of the indicator 744 thereby holding the indicator 740 to the game piece 730 .
- Each of the ridge 738 a and the indentation 744 b may be considered to be an attachment device.
- the indicator 740 may alternatively have a ridge and the game piece 730 may have an indentation.
- 27B are used to allow the indicator 740 to be easily detached or removed from the game piece 730 to change from “fast” back to “slow” (where “slow” may be indicated by no fast indicator 740 attached to 730 ).
- a coin or fingernail may be wedged between portion 748 and 744 to pry the indicator 740 free from the player game piece 730 .
- Player game piece 730 is shown placed on a surface 401 of the game board 400 so that the indicator 740 is completely hidden and the “fast” indication on surface 749 is hidden.
- the game piece 730 may be lifted off of the board 400 and the “fast” indicator on surface 749 may be looked at by turning the piece 730 over, without removing the indicator 740 .
- FIGS. 29A-29D show front top, rear top, front bottom, and rear bottom perspective views of a player game piece 750 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the player game piece 750 is the same as the player game piece 730 of FIGS. 26A-C , except that an annular ridge 751 a has also been provided extending from an inner surface 751 , into a top cavity 739 a , which can be used to removably attach a ball designation device, such as 204 .
- the ball designation device 204 or 804 may be or may be replaced by a ball designation device 760 which is shown in FIG. 30A .
- the ball designation device 760 may have a football appearance symbol or coloring on a top surface 769 , but otherwise may be similar to or the same as the indicator or device 740 referred to in FIGS. 27A-D .
- the player game piece 750 may include a top surface 754 , a peripheral wall 752 , and a bottom surface 756 .
- the player game piece 750 may include an annular ridge 758 a extending from an inner surface 758 into a lower cavity 739 b.
- FIG. 30A shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece 750 of FIGS. 29A-D and two attachment devices 760 and 740 , 740 for indicating a “fast” player and 760 for indicating a ball designation device, such as 204 , with the two attachment devices not attached.
- FIG. 30B shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece 750 of FIGS. 29A-D and the two attachment devices, 740 and 760 shown in FIG. 30A , with the two attachment devices attached.
- the surface 749 showing the “fast” indication is hidden by a peripheral wall, in this case 752 , and the game board 400 .
- FIGS. 31A-C show top, bottom, and top perspective views of a toggle device 770 which can be set to either indicate a “fast” player or a “slow player”.
- FIG. 31A shows the toggle device 770 is a first state in which it has been set to display a “Fast” designation.
- FIG. 31C shows the toggle device 770 is a second state in which it has been set to display a “Slow” designation.
- the toggle device 770 may be a mechanical or electrical toggle switch.
- the toggle device 770 may include a button or actuator 774 which can be pressed or otherwise actuated to change the designation displayed on a display 772 from one state to another. If the display 772 shows “Fast”, pressing the button 774 causes the display 772 to change to showing “Slow”. If the display 772 shows “Slow”, pressing the button 774 causes the display 772 to change to showing “Fast”.
- FIG. 32 shows the toggle device 770 of FIGS. 31A-C attached to a player game piece 780 .
- the player game piece 780 may be similar or the same as player game piece 700 except as will be described.
- the player game piece 780 may have an upper surface 786 , a peripheral wall 782 , and a lower surface 784 .
- the toggle device 770 may be permanently attached to the lower surface 784 .
- the display 772 is hidden by the wall 782 and the game board 400 , when the player game piece 780 with the attached toggle device 770 is placed on the game board 400 .
- the game piece 780 can be lifted off of the game board and the display can be looked at to determine if the game piece 780 has been designated as a fast or slow player.
- FIG. 33 shows a top view of the game board 500 which includes the game board 400 previously described with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13 , and with first team player game pieces 800 a , 800 b , and 800 c and second team player game pieces 802 a , 802 b , and 802 c , placed on the surface 401 of the board 400 , in an initial offensive play setup state.
- the first team player game pieces 800 a - c are placed so that they are on one side of a line of scrimmage, which is the “50” yard line in this case (the line between row QQ and RR), and the second team player game pieces 802 a - c are placed so that they are on another side of the line of scrimmage (the “50” yard line) at the start of an offensive play for the first team.
- the offensive team the team with ball designation device 804
- the second team may change or set its player game pieces.
- Each of the player game pieces 800 a - c and 802 a - c have been placed in a separate space of the plurality of spaces 412 , so that each piece lies in one space and does not extend into another space of spaces 412 .
- FIG. 33 shows that the sliding device 504 has been placed in a location on the game board 500 so that the tip or vertex 506 a is the triangular piece 506 points to and is adjacent to the “50” yard line, identifying the current line of scrimmage for the current offensive play.
- FIG. 33 shows quarter displays 521 a and 521 b ( 521 a is upside down so it can be seen by the person playing the game near end line 420 a , while 521 b is right side up so it can be seen by the opponent person playing the game near end line 420 d ).
- the quarter displays 521 a and 512 b both show the number “1” indicating the first quarter of an American football game, which typically lasts four quarters.
- FIG. 33 shows that the sliding device 504 has been placed in a location on the game board 500 so that the tip or vertex 506 a is the triangular piece 506 points to and is adjacent to the “50” yard line, identifying the current line of scrimmage for
- clock displays 522 a and 522 b of display 520 are currently displaying “15:00” which stands for fifteen minutes and zero seconds.
- Display 522 a is upside down and display 522 b is right side up to be viewed by persons playing the game, at end line 420 a and 420 d , respectively.
- two or up to two player game pieces of the offensive player game pieces can be designated “fast” players.
- the offensive player game pieces are the game pieces of the team with the ball or ball designation device 804 , which for the offensive play shown in FIGS. 33-35 , would be player game pieces 800 a - c .
- player game pieces 800 a - b may have been designated as fast players by the first person controlling the first team while 800 c may have been designated as slow.
- only one player game piece of the defensive player game pieces can be a “fast” player.
- 802 c may have been designated as a fast player by the second person controlling the second team while 802 b - c may have been designated as slow.
- Player game pieces are designated as “fast” or “slow” prior to an offensive play starting and retain whatever designation they started with during an entire offensive play.
- An offensive play which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns, typically begins with an offensive turn and may end with a defensive player game piece landing on the same space of spaces 412 as the offensive player game piece that is carrying the ball designation device 804 , with an incomplete pass, with an offensive player game piece going out of bounds intentionally, with an offensive player game piece that is carrying the ball designation device 804 crossing the goal line of the other team (for a touchdown, for six points for offense), such as goal line 416 in this example, for a touchdown, or with a successful or unsuccessful field goal attempt.
- the inventor After extensive testing, the inventor has determined that allowing the defense only one “fast” player, while allowing the offensive team two (or up to two) fast players, in a three versus three game, provides a better game because it allows the offense enough of an advantage to be able to pass or run the ball, and be able to score. If the offense and the defense were allowed the same number of fast players, the offense would have a very difficult time scoring and moving the ball.
- An individual player game piece such as any one of player game pieces 800 a - c and 802 a - c , may have a “fast” designation associated with it or not associated with it.
- any of player game pieces 800 a - c or 802 a - c may be set to be a “fast” player, may be changed to a “fast” player, or may permanently be a “fast” player, using the appropriate devices or methods, referred to in FIGS. 22A-D , 24 A-D, 25 , 26 A-C, 27 A-D, 28 A-B, 29 A-D, 30 A-B, 31 A-C, and 32 .
- Each person may set or change his player game pieces to “fast” or “slow” in secret so that the opposing person controlling the other team cannot see which player game pieces of the opposing team are “fast” or “slow” just prior to the player game pieces being placed on the board 400 , such as the placement shown in FIG. 33 , before a start of an offensive play.
- each person may switch player game pieces in secret, if the player game pieces are identical or substantially identical except for a “fast” or “slow” designation which is hidden, without the opposing person knowing which players are “fast” or “slow”.
- the designation for “fast” or “slow” player game piece does not have to include the word “fast” or “slow” but rather can be, for example, a number, letter, color, or anything else to indicate “fast” or “slow”.
- a fast player game piece may have the number “1” designation or a blue color in a hidden location, to signify a fast player game piece and a “slow” player game piece may have a number “0” designation or a red color, respectively, in a hidden location to signify a slow player game piece.
- the first person controlling the first team does not know that 802 c , in this example, is a fast player or that 802 a - b are slow players
- the second person controlling the second team does not know that 800 a - b are fast players and 800 c is a slow player, unless the appropriate piece of 800 a - c and 802 a - c is picked up off of the board 400 and turned over to reveal the presence or absence of a “fast” or “slow” indicator or designation.
- each player game piece on a non pass play and non transfer of ball designation device 804 play, on one team's turn, each player game piece can be moved up to two moves, but a fast player can go from one fast space of 414 (marked with star) to another adjacent fast space (marked with star) on one move, while a slow player can only go from one space to the next adjacent space of 412 on one move.
- a fast player can move four spaces of spaces 412 on two fast moves
- a “slow” player can only move two spaces of spaces 412 on two regular or slow moves.
- the defensive team can move its players up to two moves each, with its one fast player, in this case 802 c being able to make “fast” moves.
- FIG. 34 shows a top view of the game board 500 which includes the game board 400 previously described with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13 , and with the first team player game pieces 800 a , 800 b , and 800 c and with the second team player game pieces 802 a , 802 b , and 802 c , placed on the surface 401 of the game board 400 , so that the pieces 800 a - c have been moved from their initial setup state in FIG. 33 , after a first offensive turn and a first defensive turn.
- the offensive player game pieces 800 a - b have been moved two moves each, for the first offensive turn, and the defensive player game pieces 802 a - b have been moved two moves each, for the first defensive turn, which follows the first offensive turn, to change from the FIG. 33 state to the FIG. 34 state.
- the player game piece 800 a was designated a “fast” piece and for its first move was moved from row RR, column CC to row PP, column CC (a “fast” move) and then for its second move was moved from row PP, column CC to row NN, column AA (also a “fast” move).
- the player game piece 800 b was moved from row RR, column FF to row SS, column FF for its first move, and from row SS, column FF to row TT, column FF for its second move. Note that although the player game piece 800 b was designated a “fast” player game piece or player, it did not take advantage of the fast spaces.
- the player game piece 800 c which was not designated a fast player, has been moved firstly from row RR, column II, to row QQ, column JJ, and the on its second move from row QQ, column JJ to row PP, column JJ.
- the player game piece 802 a which was not designated a “fast” player game piece, has been moved from row NN, column DD to row NN, column CC on its first move, and then to row NN, column BB on its second move.
- the player game piece 802 b not designated a “fast” player has been moved from row QQ, column FF to row PP, column EE on its first move, and then row OO, column DD on its second move.
- the player game piece 802 c designated a “fast” player, has been moved from row NN, column HH to row NN, column II on its first move, and then to row NN, column JJ on its second move. Since the player game piece 802 c has not made a fast move (i.e. has not gone from one fast space to the next adjacent fast space, vertically, horizontal, or diagonally) without counting intervening non fast spaces) the person controlling player game piece 802 c does not have to reveal that 802 c is a “fast” player.
- the ball designation device 804 is not allowed to cross the line of scrimmage (which in this example is the “50” yard line), on the first offensive turn of an regular offensive play from scrimmage (i.e. not a punt, kick, field goal attempt, or extra point attempt).
- the person controlling the team on offense wants to pass the ball designation device 804 using a passing die
- the person controlling the offense uses his or her entire second offensive turn to roll a passing die, such as for example one of passing dies 14 A- 15 B or 20 A- 21 B, and none of the player game pieces 800 a - c are moved.
- the person, controlling the offensive team must indicate, in at least one embodiment, which person is being passed to prior to rolling the passing die (one of 600 , 610 , 660 , or 670 ). For example, let's say that player game piece 800 a is the receiver game piece being passed to in FIG.
- the ball designation device 804 For the ball designation device 804 to be passed from passer player game piece 800 b , which is in the passing zone of rows SS and TT (where spaces of 412 have substantially the same background color or shading), to the receiver player game piece 800 a , which is in the passing zone of rows MM and NN, the ball designation device 804 must go from the passing zone of rows SS and TT, to the passing zone of rows QQ and RR, next to the passing zone of rows OO and PP, and finally to the passing zone of rows MM and NN. Every time there is a passing zone transition there is a count of one.
- the ball is intercepted by the defensive player game piece 802 a because the defensive player game piece 802 a is in a space of spaces 412 which is adjacent the space the receiver game piece 800 a is in.
- the ball also would have been intercepted if the defensive player game piece 802 a was in the space in row MM, column AA, the space in row MM, column BB, the space in row OO, column AA, the space in row OO, column BB, or on top of piece 800 a in the space in row NN column AA (a covering move). If no defensive player game piece (of pieces 802 a - c ) was adjacent to the intended receiver or in the same space as the receiver, then the pass would be incomplete when an “X” is rolled using the appropriate passing die, in at least one embodiment.
- the player game piece may use its next move to step out of bounds. This may be used to end an offensive play and to prevent a clock time remaining display from running down on a clock device in between offensive plays as will be explained. During an interception teams alternate turns as before, with two moves for each player game piece.
- Player game pieces, of 800 a - c and 802 a - c retain the “fast” or “slow” designations, set at the start of an offensive play, for the duration of the offensive play, which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns, and typically would include any interception.
- the clock displays 522 a and 522 b show “14:50” which stands for fourteen minutes and fifty seconds in FIG. 34 .
- the clock displays 522 a and 522 b are changed by a predetermined amount of time, such as a predetermined plurality of seconds.
- the person controlling the team on offense (or on defense in some embodiments) may press or otherwise actuate the actuator 536 to cause the clock displays 522 a and 522 b to immediately change by having the time remaining displayed immediately reduced a plurality of seconds. In the example, shown by FIG.
- the clock displays 522 a and 522 b have been immediately changed to be ten seconds lower (i.e. clock displays do not count down in response to actuator 536 but are immediately changed from “15:00” to “14:50”) in response to the actuation of actuator 536 .
- the clock displays 522 a - b do not run down during an offensive play (i.e. they do not count down one second at a time for every corresponding second in time, during an offensive play), but rather are immediately changed, so they are reduced a predetermined plurality of seconds in response to actuator 536 .
- the processor 304 may be programmed to automatically immediately reduce the time remaining displayed on displays 522 a and 522 b by a predetermined plurality of seconds after a play, an offensive play, an offensive turn, or a defensive turn.
- the clock displays 522 a - b may be run (i.e. count down one second for every second in time) in response to actuation of the run clock actuator 538 .
- the run clock actuator 538 may be actuated to allow the clock to run in between offensive plays if that is typically done in American football (i.e. while no play is occurring, the three offensive and three defensive player game pieces are typically not all on the game board 400 or the play has ended, and the two opponent individuals are deciding where to put their player game pieces initially on the game board 400 before a play or deciding which player game pieces to designate as “fast” or “slow” players).
- the clock displays 522 a and 522 b may for example, run down to “14:23” as shown in FIG. 35 .
- the clock displays 522 a - b may run down a maximum number of seconds, such as thirty-five seconds, between plays, so that the offense can't delay the game.
- the person controlling the offensive player game pieces would actuate or press the stop clock actuator 528 when the offensive player game pieces, such as 800 a - c have been initially set for the next offensive play from scrimmage.
- the offense can run much less than the maximum, of for example, thirty-five seconds, between offensive plays, by simply quickly setting its offensive player game pieces, in this case 800 a - c on the game board 400 for the next offensive play.
- the defense does not control the running of the clock, and how long the defense takes to initially set its game pieces prior to the running of an offensive play, in this case game pieces 802 a - c , will not affect the time run off the clock displays 522 a - b.
- the person controlling the offense may simply roll a regular six side die, such as 620 of FIGS. 16A-B or 630 of FIGS. 17A-B , along with a “1/2” die such as 640 of FIGS. 18A-B or 650 of FIGS. 19A-B , and move the ball designation device 804 from one side of the line of scrimmage in a straight line in a column in one direction towards a goal post in accordance with the number rolled.
- the “FG/PAT” single die 800 of FIG. 42A can be used.
- the offense may not be allowed to move the ball designation device 804 over the line of scrimmage on the first offensive turn, however during a field goal, the offense, in one embodiment is permitted to move the ball designation device 804 over the line of scrimmage on its first offensive turn, before the defense has moved.
- the defensive player game pieces may not be moved.
- the ball designation device 804 is moved, in a single direction, along the image of football field 401 a , in one column of the board 400 , the total of the regular die and the “1/2” die or the number of the die 800 of FIGS. 42A-B .
- the ball designation device 804 can be moved eight as follows: from the space in row RR, column FF in FIG. 33 , to the space in row QQ, column FF, next to the space in row PP, column FF, next to the space in row OO, column FF, next to the space in row NN, column FF, next to the space in row MM, column FF, next to the space in row LL, column FF, next to the space in row KK, column FF, and next over the cross bar 430 c for a successful field goal. If a combination roll of seven or less was rolled for regular die ( 620 or 630 ) and the “1/2” die ( 640 or 650 ) then the field goal would have been unsuccessful.
- FIGS. 36A-D show front, rear, left side, and right side views of a sliding device 504 for use with the game board 500 of FIG. 13 , with the sliding device 504 in a state.
- the sliding device 504 includes plates 507 , 508 , 509 , 510 , and 511 , ring, U-shaped or loop shaped fasteners 512 and 514 , pointer 506 having edge, tip, or vertex 506 a , base plate 513 , connecting member 515 , and base plate 517 .
- plates 507 - 511 are stacked on top of each other in one stack such that only the top surface 507 a of plate 507 can be seen from a top view. As shown in FIG.
- FIGS. 36A-B also show rails 502 a - b , and a portion of game board 500 and surface 500 a .
- FIG. 36C shows rail 502 a , a portion of game board 500 and surface 500 a
- FIG. 36D shows rails 502 b and a portion of game board 500 and surface 500 a.
- the sliding device 504 slides along slot 502 c and rails 502 a - b on the top surface 500 a of the game board 500 as shown by referring to FIG. 13 and FIGS. 36A-D .
- the U-shaped connectors or fasteners 512 and 514 hold or connect plates 507 , 508 , 509 , 510 , and 511 to portion or base 513 .
- the U-shaped fasteners 512 and 514 and the plates 507 - 511 may be considered to be part of a football down indicator, which indicates whether the team on offense is on its first, second, third, or fourth down.
- the portion 513 is connected to intermediate portion or connecting member 515 which is connected to portion or base 517 .
- Portions 515 and 517 may be rectangular plates.
- the sliding device 504 can slide parallel to and adjacent to the end line 420 f , shown in FIG. 13 , so that tip 506 a of triangular pointer 506 is moved to be set to point to a particular yard line where the current line of scrimmage is.
- FIG. 34 shows the pointer 506 a or 506 pointing to the “50” yard line
- FIG. 35 shows the pointer 506 a or 506 pointing to the “10” yard line.
- FIG. 34 the “1” printed or otherwise fixed on a surface 507 b of plate 507 (shown in FIG. 37C ) is shown and the “1” on a surface 508 a (shown in FIG. 38B ) of plate 508 is shown.
- FIG. 35 a “2” on the surface 508 b ( FIG. 38C ) of the plate 508 is shown and a “2” on a surface 509 a ( FIG. 39B ) of the plate 509 is shown.
- the rails 502 a and 502 b shown in FIGS. 34 and 36 A-B may be made of a stiff but flexible plastic, such that the rails 502 a and 502 b hold the sliding device 504 to the board 500 , but allow the board 500 to be folded in half, such as along approximately the “50” yard line, and along dashed line 523 shown in FIG. 35 .
- the display 520 including clock displays 522 a - b and quarter displays 521 a - b , may be located either above or below the line 532 , so that the display 520 does not prevent the board 500 from being folded in half.
- FIG. 36E shows the sliding device 504 with the sliding device 504 in a state different from FIGS. 36A-D .
- plate 507 has been flipped over so that now there is a stack with only plate 507 and a stack with plate 508 on top.
- the surface 507 b FIG. 37C
- the surface 508 a FIG. 38B
- a “first down” is indicated to both the person controlling the one team at end line 420 a and an opponent person controlling the opposing team at end line 420 b.
- FIG. 36F shows the sliding device 504 with the sliding device 504 in a state different from FIGS. 36A-D and from FIG. 36E .
- plate 508 has been flipped over so that now there is a stack with plates 507 and 508 ( 508 on top) and a stack with plate 509 on top.
- the surface 508 b FIG. 38C
- the surface 509 a FIG. 39B
- a “second down” is indicated to both the person controlling the one team at end line 420 a and an opponent person controlling the opposing team at end line 420 b .
- the appropriate down (of 1st, 2nd, third, and fourth downs) can be indicated by flipping the appropriate plates of 507 - 511 .
- FIGS. 37A-C , FIGS. 38A-C , FIGS. 39A-C , FIGS. 40A-C , and FIGS. 41A-C show side, bottom, and top views of plates 507 - 511 , respectively.
- Each of plates 507 - 511 may be a rectangular solid plate, such as made of hard plastic.
- Plates 507 - 511 may include top surfaces 507 a , 508 a , 509 a , 510 a , 511 a , bottom surfaces 507 b , 508 b , 509 b , 510 b , and 511 b and peripheral walls 507 c , 508 c , 509 c , 510 c , and 511 c , respectively.
- FIGS. 42A-B show perspective views of a six sided die 800 for field goals and extra points.
- An extra point is also known as a PAT or point after touchdown.
- FIG. 42A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the die 800
- FIG. 42B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the die 800 .
- a designation of “FG/PAT” may be printed or otherwise fixed on each side of the die 800 to identify the die 800 as being used for field goals and extra points.
- a ball designation device such as 804 , is placed on one side (i.e.
- the person rolls the die 800 an moves the ball designation device 804 in a straight column towards the goal post towards which the person's team is heading.
- the die 800 would allow a field goal from at most the “40” yard line, between rows PP and QQ in FIG. 33 , for a rolled number “7” to go over the cross bar 430 c in FIG. 33 if the person's team is trying to score a touchdown over the opponent's goal line 416 .
- FIGS. 43A-B show perspective views of a six sided die 810 for kickoffs.
- FIG. 43A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the die 810
- FIG. 43B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the die 810 .
- a designation of “Kickoff” may be printed or otherwise fixed on each side of the die 810 to identify the die 810 as being used for kickoffs.
- a ball designation device such as 804 , is placed in a row on one side of a kickoff line (i.e.
- the person “kicks” the ball by rolling the die 810 and moving the ball designation device 804 in either straight column of spaces 412 , or a straight diagonal of spaces 412 , in a single direction, towards the goal line 416 .
- the person whose team is kicking has to announce beforehand if they are kicking straight or diagonally.
- the kickoff numbers on the die 810 will “kick” the ball designation 804 just outside of the image of field 401 a for a roll or “10” for a straight directional column line of spaces 412 .
- FIGS. 44A-B show perspective views of a six sided die 820 for punts.
- FIG. 44A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the die 820
- FIG. 44B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the die 820 .
- a designation of “Punt” may be printed or otherwise fixed on each side of the die 820 to identify the die 820 as being used for punts.
- a ball designation device such as 804 is placed on one side of the line of scrimmage (either above or below as appropriate), and if a person wishes to punt, the person, rolls the die 820 , on the first offensive turn, and moves the ball designation device 804 in a straight column of spaces 412 or a diagonal of spaces 412 in a single direction, towards the goal post towards which the person's team is heading.
- the ball designation device 804 is placed on the side of the line of scrimmage (above or below) for a play which is furthest from the goal line the team running the play needs to go to cross to score a touchdown.
- FIG. 45A shows a perspective view of a plurality of die retainer receptacles 570 , 572 , 574 , and 576 , with the receptacles shown empty.
- Each of the receptacles 570 , 572 , 574 , and 576 may be an indentation or an open square or rectangular box fixed to the surface 500 a of the game board 500 into which a die can be snugly fit.
- the receptacle 570 may be identified by the designation “Pass” (which may printed on or otherwise fixed, such as permanently, on the surface 500 a of the board 500 ) to stand for a passing die, such as 600 of FIGS. 14A-B .
- the receptacles 572 , 574 , and 576 may collectively be identified by the designation “Kick” (which may printed on or otherwise fixed, such as permanently, on the surface 500 a of the board 500 ).
- the die 600 , die 800 , die 810 , and die 820 may be configured to snugly fit in the receptacles 570 , 572 , 574 , and 576 , as shown in FIG. 45B , so that dice 600 , 800 , 810 , and 820 do not slide substantially and are held to board 500 .
- one or more random number generators can be provided.
- receptacles 570 , 572 , 574 , and 576 may be replaced by actuators in communication with processor 524 of FIG. 33 , which when actuated may generate a random number on a computer display 520 on the surface 500 a of the board 500 .
- An actuator for “Pass” when actuated may display a random number between “1” and “5” (inclusive) or “X” to simulate the function of the pass die 600 .
- the computer processor 524 may simply move a displayed ball designation device, such as 804 , on a computer display to an appropriate receiver, for a pass, if the appropriate number is generated after actuating an actuator for “Pass”. If actuators are used for field goals, PATs, kickoffs, and punts, the computer processor 524 may simply move a displayed ball designation device 804 the appropriate number of spaces in response to the actuation of actuator.
- a displayed ball designation device such as 804
- FIG. 46 shows a top view of a sheet 900 of quick reference examples and rules which may be fixed on the surface 500 a of the game board 500 of an embodiment of the present invention.
- the sheet 900 typically would be fixed to the board 500 at a location different from the football field image 401 a , and different from the sliding device 504 (if any), and any clock device, actuators or score keeping devices.
- Two sheets 900 can be provided, one for the person controlling one team, and one for the person controlling the other team.
- the sheet 900 can be provided as one or more sheets separate from game board 500 .
- FIG. 47 shows a top view of a game board 450 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the game board 450 may be identical to game board 400 except that game board 450 has passing zones which are one row each.
- the game board 450 may replace game board 400 on game board 500 on FIG. 13 .
- Spaces of Rows KK, MM, OO, QQ, SS, UU, and WW in FIG. 47 have a no hatched background shading, while spaces of rows LL, NN, PP. RR, TT, VV, and XX have a hatched background shading.
- a passer player game piece is in row SS of FIG.
- FIG. 1 game board 100 can be used, and rows can be counted between passer and receiver to pass the ball. Alternatively, rows and columns can be counted between passer and receiver to pass the ball.
- a die or dice can be rolled and the ball designation device 804 can be moved from passer to receiver a number of rows and/or a number of columns.
- using game board 100 for passing can be tedious since it is more difficult to tell how far away a receiver is from a passer if rows and/or columns are counted on the board 100 .
- the game boards 400 and 450 which use passing zones, where each passing zone has spaces having the same characteristic, and adjacent passing zones have spaces of a substantially different characteristic, makes passing less tedious and the game better to play.
- the game board 400 is in some ways better than game board 450 , because there is less counting required, and if a passing die is used, the range required for the passing die is less, which may mean that one die can be used instead of two dice.
- game board 400 it is much easier for a person playing the game to see, what roll of the die, or random number is required to complete a pass, before the person decides to pass. Otherwise the person may spend a lot of time tediously counting spaces.
- the game board 450 may ideally offer more accuracy in passing.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Educational Technology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
Abstract
A plurality of first team player game pieces, a plurality of second team player game pieces, a football designation device, and a game board are provided for playing a football board game. At least one of the player game pieces may have an advantage over one or more of the other player game pieces. One or more of the player game pieces, may be allowed to move twice as fast as one or more other player game pieces, when a first designation is associated with the one or more player game pieces that are given the advantage. The player game pieces given the advantage may move from a “fast” space, marked with a graphic, to another “fast” space, marked with the same graphic, located a predetermined number of spaces away, such as two spaces away, in any direction.
Description
- This application is a continuation of and claims the priority of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/211,540 titled “METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FOOTBALL BOARD GAME”, filed on Aug. 17, 2011.
- This invention relates to improved methods and apparatus concerning football board games.
- Board games such as checkers, chess, and backgammon have been popular for a long time because although they may require skill, they have straightforward, clear rules and are enjoyable to play. Checkers for example involves moving one piece at a time on a turn, in a clearly defined manner. Chess involves moving one piece at a time on a turn, wherein different pieces move different ways, but these ways are straightforward to understand. Backgammon involves moving two pieces on a turn, but again in a clearly defined manner.
- Unlike checkers, chess, and backgammon, there are many games which incorporate various aspects of American Football (hereinafter “football”) which have many rules which often may make the games tedious, and not enjoyable to play, such as U.S. Pat. No. 7,036,820 to Macomber, U.S. Pat. No. 4,443,011 to Sheridan, and U.S. Pat. No. 2,069,514 to Wylie. Often these games attempt to replicate every aspect of a football game and end up being far too complex. These games may involve calling many different plays, moving many players in many different ways, and executing many plays in order to score.
- There are other games which incorporate football in a superficial sense, but which allow movements which do not resemble football at all. For example, there are “football” chess games which basically play like chess but with football characters and extra points for capturing various pieces, such as U.S. Pat. No. 5,558,335 to Wise. There is also a football checkers game, U.S. Pat. No. 6,428,006 to Stewart, which plays more like checkers, allowing a “quarterback” to jump as many offensive players on a turn as he is able to, something that no real quarterback could ever do. The football checkers game to Stewart, also crams in twelve defensive players and eleven offensive players on an eight space width board, which prevents the game from playing like football. I.e. there is inadequate space to run or throw as in a game of football.
- There is a need for a football board game which has straightforward rules so that it is enjoyable to play and which incorporates main aspects of football so it can play like football.
- In at least one embodiment, a plurality of first team player game pieces and a plurality of second team player game pieces, a ball designation device, and a game board, are provided for playing a football board game. At least one of the player game pieces, first team or second team, may be given an advantage over one or more of the other player game pieces. The players given the advantage may be called “fast” players or “fast” player game pieces. The players without the advantage may be called “slow” players or “slow” player game pieces. For example, each non ball carrier player game piece, on offense, may be allowed to move twice as fast as a ball carrier player game piece, on offense, and twice as fast as any player game piece, on defense, under appropriate circumstances. These circumstances may be that a particular non ball carrier offensive player game piece is moving from a “fast” space, marked with a graphic symbol, to another “fast” space, marked with the same graphic symbol, located a predetermined number of spaces away, such as two spaces away, in any direction. Generally allowing player game pieces to move in any direction and allowing the same number of moves makes the rules for a football board game of at least one embodiment of the present invention more straight forward and enjoyable to play.
- In at least one embodiment, the football game is played as a three on three game, i.e. only three player game pieces on the first team and three player game pieces on the second team on the field for a play from a scrimmage line. This allows the game board to be relatively compact, and have fewer spaces, and means that fewer player game pieces need to be moved by each team on a turn. For example, the team on offense would only need to move up to three player game pieces on an offensive turn, and then the team on defense would only need to move up to three player game pieces on a defensive turn. In one embodiment, each player game piece of each team is allowed up to two moves, on a particular turn. This makes the rules of movement of player game pieces straight forward to play. Some of the player game pieces may be allowed to take advantage of “fast” spaces during a move and some may not.
- A three on three football board game embodiment may be played on a board which has a grid of spaces having ten columns and fourteen rows of spaces. Different numbers of columns and rows can be provided. The number of columns, which represent the width of a football field, should be at least three times the number of player game pieces on each side to allow for adequate spacing for running and getting open for a pass. More player game pieces and a larger board, with a greater number of columns and rows may be provided in other embodiments, however, the three on three embodiment, which is three first team player game pieces versus three second team player game pieces together with a game board having about nine to fifteen columns (i.e. a ratio of between three to one and five to one, inclusive), representing a football field width, and fourteen to twenty-six rows, representing a football field length is preferred since then few player pieces have to be moved, the board is small enough so it will not take up a large area, and the pieces are large enough so they are not easily lost. For example, if each space is one inch by one inch, a ten by fourteen game board only takes up ten inches by fourteen inches, and each game piece can be one inch by one inch, i.e. the size of a space.
- One or more embodiments of the present invention provide a method of playing a football game on a game board comprised of a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, wherein the football game includes a plurality of player game pieces, which includes a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece, and the plurality of player game pieces includes a plurality of second team player game pieces.
- The method may include allowing a first player game piece, which is one of the first team player game pieces or one of the second team player game pieces to move from a first space of the plurality of spaces marked as a first fast space to a second space of the plurality of spaces marked as a second fast space without counting any spaces not marked as fast spaces in between the first fast space and the second fast space towards a number of moves allowed for the first player game piece during an offensive turn if the first player game piece is on offense during a play from a line of scrimmage or during a defensive turn if the first player game piece is on defense during the play from the line of scrimmage.
- The method may further include not allowing a second player game piece, which is one of the first team player game pieces or one of the second team player game pieces, to move from the first fast space to the second fast space without counting any spaces not marked as fast spaces in between the first fast space and the second fast space towards a number of moves allowed for the second player game piece during an offensive turn if the second player game piece is on offense during the play from the scrimmage line or during a defensive turn if the second player game piece is on defense during the play from the scrimmage line.
- A first subset of the plurality of spaces may be marked as fast spaces, such that the first subset includes a plurality of fast spaces, including the first fast space and the second fast space, and the plurality of spaces includes a plurality of spaces which are not marked as fast spaces. In at least one embodiment, the first fast space and the second fast space are not adjacent to one another and are separated by at least one space of the plurality of spaces, which is not marked as a fast space.
- In another embodiment of the present invention a method is provided which includes allowing a first team first player game piece, when the first team, is on offense on a play from a scrimmage line, to make a first predetermined number of non-ball carrier moves into one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces which do not include another player game piece, during a first team first offensive turn, when the first team first player game piece is not designated as a carrier of a football. The method may further include allowing a first team second player game piece, when the first team is on offense, on the play from the scrimmage line, to make the first predetermined number of ball carrier moves into one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces which do not include another player game piece during the first team first offensive turn, when the first team second player game piece is designated as the carrier of the football. The predetermined number may be two, such that two non-ball carrier moves are allowed and two ball carrier moves are allowed.
- The method may also include allowing each of a plurality of second team player game pieces, when the second team is on defense on the play from the scrimmage line, to make the first predetermined number of defensive moves, such as two moves, into one or more spaces which do not include another player game piece, during a second team first defensive turn, following the first team first offensive turn.
- Each of the first predetermined number of defensive moves may be made by moving one of the plurality of second team player game pieces from a first space of the plurality of spaces to a space of the plurality of spaces adjacent to the first space. Each of the first predetermined number of non-ball carrier moves may be allowed to be made by the first team first player game piece, when the first team is on offense on the play from the scrimmage line, and the first team first player game piece is not designated as the carrier of the football, by either moving the first team first player game piece from a second space of the plurality of spaces to a space of the plurality of spaces adjacent the second space or by moving the first team first player game piece from the second space of the plurality of spaces to a third space of the plurality of spaces which is not adjacent to the second space and which is a second predetermined number of spaces away from the second space. In one or more embodiments, the second space, the third space, and one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces in between the second space and the third space form a straight line. The second predetermined number may be two.
- Each of the first predetermined number of ball carrier moves may be allowed to be made by the first team second player game piece when the first team is on offense on the play from the scrimmage line and the first team second player game piece is designated as the carrier of the football, by moving the first team second player game piece from a fourth space of the plurality of spaces to a space of the plurality of spaces which is adjacent to the fourth space.
- The method may also include allowing each of the plurality of second team player game pieces, when the second team is on defense on the play from the scrimmage line, to make a covering defensive move by moving into a space which includes one of the plurality of first team player game pieces, wherein any second team player game piece making a covering defensive move during a particular second team defensive turn cannot move again during that particular second team defensive turn.
- The first fast space and the second fast space may be separated by one or more spaces of the plurality of spaces which in combination with the first fast space and the second fast space define a straight line. The plurality of fast spaces may be arranged so that each fast space of the plurality of fast spaces is separated from a plurality of next closest fast spaces of the plurality of fast spaces by one space of the plurality of spaces that is not marked as a fast space.
- The plurality of fast spaces may be arranged so that a first row of the plurality of rows has at least some fast spaces and rows of the plurality of rows adjacent the first row and an odd number of rows away from the first row have no fast spaces and rows of the plurality of rows a multiple of two rows away from the first row have at least some fast spaces. The plurality of fast spaces may be arranged so that a first column of the plurality of columns have at least some fast spaces and columns of the plurality of columns adjacent the first column and a odd number of columns away from the first column have no fast spaces and columns of the plurality of columns a multiple of two columns away from the first column have at least some fast spaces.
- The method, in one embodiment, may also include generating a random number during a first team second offensive turn. The method may further include moving a ball designation device designating a football from the first team second player game piece to the first team first player game piece if (a) a space on which the first team second player game piece is located, and a space on which the first team first player game piece is located, and one or more spaces in between the spaces on which the first team first and the second player game pieces are located, are in a straight line, and (b) if the random number is greater than or equal to a number of spaces that the first team first player game piece is away from the first team second player game piece in a straight line, and (c) if no second team player game piece is located on the space on which the first team first player game piece is located.
- The method may further include moving the ball designation device designating the football from the first team second player game piece to a second team first player game piece of the plurality of second team player game pieces if (a) a space on which the first team second player game piece is located, and a space on which the second team first player game piece is located, and the one or more spaces in between the spaces on which the first team second player game piece and the second team first game player piece are located, are in a straight line, and (b) if the random number is equal to a number of spaces that the second team first player game piece is away from the first team second player game piece in a straight line or if the random number is greater than or equal to a number of spaces that the first team first player game piece is away from the first team second game player piece in a straight line and the second team first player game piece is on the same space as the first team first player game piece. In this embodiment, just prior to executing a throw, pitch, or handoff, on the first team second offensive turn, the first team second player game piece is typically designated as the carrier of the football, and the first team first player game piece is typically not designated as the carrier of the football.
- The football game may be played on a computer and the game board may be displayed on a computer monitor by a computer processor.
- The method may further include playing the football game by having the first team first player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, the first team second player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, and a first team third player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces during the first team first offensive turn and by not having any other first team player game pieces on any spaces of the plurality of spaces during the first team first offensive turn. The method may also include playing the football game by having a second team first player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, a second team second player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces, and a second team third player game piece on a space of the plurality of spaces during the second team first defensive turn and by not having any other second team player game pieces on any spaces of the plurality of spaces during the second team first defensive turn.
- The plurality of columns of the game board may include at least nine columns, and the plurality of rows may include at least ten rows. There may be a plurality of yard markers to indicate that the plurality of rows represent length in a football field from a first goal line to an opposing second goal line. The first goal line and the second opposing goal line may be delineated on the game board. The plurality of columns may represent width on a football field from a first sideline to a second opposing sideline. The first sideline and the second opposing sideline may be delineated on the game board, wherein the first sideline and the second sideline are substantially perpendicular to the first goal line and the second goal line.
- The method may further include allowing a first team player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces, when the first team is on offense during the play from the scrimmage line, to push a second team player game piece, which is on defense during the play from the scrimmage line, into another space of the plurality of spaces during the first team first offensive turn.
- In at least one embodiment of the present invention an apparatus is provided for playing a football game comprising a plurality of first team player game pieces, a plurality of second team player game pieces, a ball carrier designation device which can be associated with any of the plurality of first team player game pieces or any of the plurality of second team player game pieces, and a game board having a first goal line, an opposing second goal line, a first side line, and an opposing second side line. The game board may have a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces.
- The apparatus may be further comprised of a computer processor programmed by computer software to display the game board, the plurality of first team player game pieces, the plurality of second team player game pieces, and the ball carrier designation device on a computer monitor. The apparatus may also be comprised of a computer interactive device configured to receive user inputs to be supplied to the computer processor to move one or more of the plurality of first team player game pieces and one or more of the plurality of second team player game pieces, and the ball carrier designation device on the computer monitor.
- In yet another embodiment, each of the plurality of first team player game pieces and each of the plurality of second team player game pieces is a solid piece which can be physically picked up by a user, removed from the board, and moved by a user from one space of the plurality of spaces to another space of the plurality of spaces. The ball carrier designation device may be a detachable solid piece which can be attached to and detached from any of the plurality of first team player game pieces and any of the plurality of second team player game pieces by a user, and physically picked up, removed from the board, and moved by a user from one player game piece, first team or second team, to another player game piece, first team or second team.
- At least one embodiment of the present application provides a method of playing a football game on a game board having an image of a football field. The image of the football field may be comprised of a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, wherein the football game includes a plurality of player game pieces, which includes a first team comprised of a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece, and the plurality of player game pieces includes a second team comprised of a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece.
- The method may include placing the first team first player game piece on a first space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a line of scrimmage, so that a first designation is associated with the first team first player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece is placed on the first space, but the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece. The method may further include placing the first team second player game piece on the first side of the line of scrimmage and on a second space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first space, so that the first designation is not associated with the first team second player game piece.
- The method may also include, for a first offensive play (which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns) initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece, so that the football designation device is not hidden from view, wherein the football designation device is different from the first designation.
- The method may further include placing the second team first player game piece on a second side of the line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a third space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first and second spaces, so that the first designation is associated with the second team first player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is hidden from view when the second team first player game piece is placed on the third space, but the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece.
- The method may further include placing the second team second player game piece on the second side of the line of scrimmage, and on a fourth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first, second, and third spaces, so that the first designation is not associated with the second team second player game piece.
- The plurality of spaces may include a plurality of fast spaces and a plurality of non fast spaces, wherein the plurality of fast spaces includes a first, a second, a third, a fourth, a fifth, a sixth, a seventh, and an eighth fast space, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the first fast space and the second fast space in a first straight line, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in a second straight line, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the fifth fast space and the sixth fast space in a third straight line, wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the seventh fast space and the eighth fast space in a fourth straight line.
- Each fast space of the plurality of fast spaces may have a first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces having the first graphic is a fast space; and each non fast space of the plurality of non fast spaces does not have the first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces not having the first graphic is a non fast space.
- The method may further include during a first team first offensive turn for the first offensive play, moving the first team first player game piece from the first fast space to the second fast space, in the first straight line, and counting this movement as one move, without counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the first fast space and the second fast space in the first straight line; and during the first team first offensive turn for the first offensive play, moving the first team second player game piece from the third fast space to the fourth fast space, in the second straight line, and counting this movement as more than one move, by counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in the second straight line.
- The method may also include during a second team first defensive turn which follows the first team first offensive turn for the first offensive play, moving the second team first player game piece from the fifth fast space to the sixth fast space, in the third straight line, and counting this movement as one move, without counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the fifth fast space and the sixth fast space in the third straight line; and during the second team first defensive turn, moving the second team second player game piece from the seventh fast space to the eighth fast space, in the fourth straight line, and counting this movement as more than one move, by counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the seventh fast space and the eighth fast space in the fourth straight line.
- The method may also include alternating turns between the offensive turns for first team and defensive turns for the second teams during an offensive play, until one of the plurality of second team player game pieces occupies the same space of the plurality of spaces as the football designation device.
- The first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece may be configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece by lifting the first team first player game piece off of the game board and turning the first team first player game piece upside down; and the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece may be configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece by lifting the second team first player game piece off of the game board and turning the second team first player game piece upside down.
- The game board may be displayed on a computer display. The first team first player game piece may be placed on the first space by being displayed on the computer display. The first team second player game piece may be placed on the second space by being displayed on the computer display. The second team first player game piece may be placed on the third space by being displayed on the computer display. The second team second player game piece may be placed on the fourth space by being displayed on the computer display. The football designation device may be placed on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece by being displayed on the computer display.
- The first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece may be configured so that it is able to be revealed by the first person using a computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display; and the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is able to be revealed by the second person using a computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display.
- In at least one embodiment, the grid may include a plurality of passing zones, wherein each passing zone of the plurality of passing zones includes one or more adjacent rows of the plurality of rows, and wherein spaces of the plurality of spaces in each passing zone have a substantially same characteristic as spaces in the same passing zone, and a substantially different characteristic from spaces in adjacent passing zones. In at least one embodiment, movement of the ball designation device, along the image of the football field of the game board, in a single direction, from one passing zone of the plurality of passing zones to an adjacent passing zone of the plurality of passing zones is a passing zone transition.
- The method may further include generating a random number; and moving the football designation device from a first team passer player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces to a first team receiver player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces if the random number satisfies a mathematical relationship with respect to a number of passing zone transitions when moving the football designation device, in a single direction, along the image of the football field of the game board from a first location on the game board on which the first team passer player game piece is located to a second location on the game board on which the first team receiver player game piece is located. The mathematical relationship may be that the random number is greater than or equal to the number of passing zone transitions from the first team passer player game piece to the first team receiver player game piece.
- The method may include, after the first offensive play has ended: altering the first team first player game piece so that the first designation is no longer associated with the first team first player game piece, altering the second team first player game piece so that the first designation is no longer associated with the second team first player game piece; altering the first team second player game piece so that the first designation is associated with the first team second player game piece; and altering the second team second player game piece so that the first designation is associated with the second team second player game piece.
- For a second offensive play the method may further include placing the first team second player game piece on a fifth space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a second line of scrimmage, so that the first designation is associated with the first team second player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece is hidden from view when the first team second player game piece is placed on the fifth space, but the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece; and placing the first team first player game piece on the first side of the second line of scrimmage and on a sixth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth space, so that the first designation is not associated with the first team first player game piece;
- For the second offensive play, the method may include initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece, so that the football designation device is not hidden from view, wherein the football designation device is different from the first designation.
- The method may further include placing the second team second player game piece on a second side of the second line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a seventh space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth and sixth spaces, so that the first designation is associated with the second team second player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece is hidden from view when the second team second player game piece is placed on the seventh space, but the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece; and placing the second team first player game piece on the second side of the second line of scrimmage, and on an eighth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth, sixth, and seventh spaces, so that the first designation is not associated with the second team first player game piece.
- The method may further include actuating an actuator for the offensive play to cause a time remaining displayed on a clock device to immediately change from a first time remaining to a second time remaining, wherein the difference between the first time remaining and the second time remaining is a predetermined plurality of seconds. A predetermined number for the predetermined plurality of seconds, such as “5” for five seconds, may be stored in computer memory.
- The method may include causing the time remaining displayed on the clock device to count down, in between the first offensive play and a second offensive play, so that one second is taken off the time remaining displayed on the clock device for each second that goes by.
- The method may further include generating a random number on a field goal attempt for the first team. The method may further include moving the ball designation device, a number of the plurality of spaces of the image of the football field, in a single direction, in a column of the plurality of columns of the image of the football field, based on the random number, until the ball designation device crosses an image of a cross bar of an image of a goal post; and when the ball designation device crosses the image of the cross bar of the image of the goal post, increasing a score for the first team on a score keeping device by three points.
- An apparatus, in an embodiment of the present invention, may include a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece; a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece. A first designation may be associated with the first team first player game piece and as associated is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece is placed on a first space of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece. The first designation may not be associated with the first team second player game piece;
- The first designation may be associated with the second team first player game piece and as associated is hidden from view when the second team first player game piece is placed on a second space of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece. The first designation may not be associated with the second team second player game piece.
- The apparatus may include a football designation device, which is different from the first designation, wherein the football designation device is configured to be placed on any one of the plurality of first team player game pieces or any one of the plurality of second team player game pieces so that the football designation device is not hidden from view.
- The first team first player game piece may be configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the first team first player game piece. The first team second player game piece may be configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the first team second player game piece. The second team first player game piece may be configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the second team first player game piece. The second team second player game piece is configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the second team second player game piece.
- Each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece may include an attachment device which allows the first designation to be attached to or detached from each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece to associate or disassociate the first designation with each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece.
- Each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece may include a device which allows the first designation to be displayed or not displayed on each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece to associate or disassociate the first designation with each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece.
- The apparatus may include a clock display device; and an actuator in communication with the clock display device. The clock display device has a time remaining on a display which is immediately changed from a first time remaining to a second time remaining in response to actuation of the actuator, wherein the difference between the first time remaining and the second time remaining is a predetermined plurality of seconds.
- The apparatus may further include a computer processor, a computer display;
- a computer interactive device, and a computer memory. The game board may be displayed on the computer display by the computer processor in accordance with a computer program stored in the computer memory. The first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece may be displayed on first, second, third, and fourth spaces, respectively, which are different from each other, on the game board on the computer display by the computer processor in accordance with the computer program stored in the computer memory. The football designation device may be displayed on one of the plurality of spaces of the game board on the computer display by the computer processor in accordance with the computer program stored in the computer memory.
- The first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece may be configured so that the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is able to be revealed by the first person using the computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display. The first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece may be configured so that the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is able to be revealed by the second person using the computer interactive device to cause the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece to be displayed on the computer display.
- The apparatus may further include a sliding device attached to the game board. The sliding device may be configured to move in a track device parallel to the columns of the image of the football field. The sliding device may have a pointer and the sliding device can be slid to cause the pointer to point to a first line marked with a first yardage number of the image of the football field; and the sliding device can be slid to cause the pointer to point to a second line marked with a second yardage number, different from the first yardage number of the image of the football field. The sliding device may include a football down indicator, indicating first, second, third, or fourth downs.
-
FIG. 1 shows a top view of a football game board in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 2 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with three first team player game pieces, which are on offense for a play from a scrimmage line, three second team player game pieces which are on defense for the play from the scrimmage line, and a ball designation device shown located in spaces of the football game board in a first state; -
FIG. 3 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device shown inFIG. 2 , with the three first team player pieces shown moved during a first team first offensive turn from their positions inFIG. 2 to different positions inFIG. 3 , to form a second state; -
FIG. 4 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device also shown inFIGS. 2 and 3 , with the three second team player pieces shown moved during a second team first defensive turn from their positions inFIGS. 2 and 3 to different positions inFIG. 4 , to form a third state; -
FIG. 5 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device also shown inFIGS. 2 , 3, and 4, with the ball designation device shown moved during a first team second offensive turn from its position inFIG. 4 to a different position inFIG. 5 , to form a fourth state; -
FIG. 6 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the player game pieces and the ball designation device shown set up in different spaces to form a fifth state; -
FIG. 7 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the first team player game pieces and the ball designation device shown moved from the positions ofFIG. 6 during a first team first running offensive turn to different spaces inFIG. 7 , to form a sixth state; -
FIG. 8 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the second team player game pieces shown moved from the positions ofFIG. 7 during a second team first running defensive turn to different spaces to form a seventh state; -
FIG. 9 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the first team player game pieces and the ball designation device shown moved from the positions ofFIG. 8 during a first team second running offensive turn to different spaces inFIG. 9 , to form an eighth state; -
FIG. 10 shows a top view of the football game board ofFIG. 1 , along with the three first team player game pieces, the three second team player game pieces, and the ball designation device, with the player game pieces and the ball designation device set up for a kickoff; -
FIG. 11 shows acomputer apparatus 300 which can display a game board, such as the game board ofFIG. 1 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 12 shows a top view of another football game board in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 13 shows top view of yet another football game board in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 14A-14B show perspective views of a type of passing die; -
FIGS. 15A-15B show perspective views of another type of passing die; -
FIGS. 16A-16B show perspective views of a typical known six sided die; -
FIGS. 17A-17B show perspective views of a typical known six sided die; -
FIGS. 18A-18B show perspective views of a first type of “1” or “2” die for use with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 19A-19B show perspective views of a second type of “1” or “2” die for use with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 20A-20B show perspective views of another type of passing die; -
FIGS. 21A-21B show perspective views of another type of passing die; -
FIGS. 22A-D show perspective views of a player game piece; -
FIG. 22E shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece ofFIGS. 22A-D ; -
FIGS. 22F-G show bottom and top views of the player game piece ofFIGS. 22A-D ; -
FIGS. 23A-B show perspective views of a football game piece or ball designation device; -
FIGS. 24A-B show perspective views of a “fast” player indicator; -
FIG. 25 shows the “fast” player indicator ofFIGS. 24A-B and the ball designation device ofFIGS. 23A-B attached to the player game piece ofFIGS. 22A-G ; -
FIGS. 26A-C show perspective views of another player game piece; -
FIGS. 27A-D show bottom, top, perspective, and a cross sectional views, respectively, of an attachment device for indicating a “fast” player; -
FIG. 28A shows a cross sectional view of a player game piece and an attachment device for indicating a fast player, which has not been attached to the player game piece; -
FIG. 28B shows a cross sectional view of a player game piece and an attachment device for indicating a fast player, which has been attached to the player game piece; -
FIGS. 29A-D show perspective views of a player game piece in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 30A shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece ofFIGS. 29A-D and two attachment devices, one for indicating a fast player and one for indicating a ball device, with the two attachment devices not attached; -
FIG. 30B shows a cross sectional view of the player game piece ofFIGS. 29A-D and the two attachment devices shown inFIG. 30A , with the two attachment devices attached; -
FIGS. 31A-B show perspective views of a toggle device which can be set to either indicate a “fast” player or a “slow player”; -
FIG. 32 shows a cross sectional view of the toggle device ofFIGS. 31A-C attached to a player game piece; -
FIG. 33 shows a top view of the game board ofFIG. 13 with three first team player game pieces and three second team player game pieces placed on the game board in certain locations, with a sliding device at a certain position, and with a clock device at a certain time in a state; -
FIG. 34 shows a top view of the game board ofFIG. 13 with the three first team player game pieces and the three second team player game pieces, ofFIG. 33 , placed on the game board in locations different fromFIG. 33 , and with the clock device at a different time fromFIG. 33 , in a state different fromFIG. 33 ; -
FIG. 35 shows a top view of the game board ofFIG. 13 with the three first team player game pieces and the three second team player game pieces ofFIG. 33 , placed on the game board in locations different fromFIG. 33 andFIG. 34 , with the sliding device at a different position fromFIG. 33 andFIG. 34 , and with the clock device at a different time fromFIG. 33 andFIG. 34 , in a state different fromFIG. 33 andFIG. 34 ; -
FIGS. 36A-D show front, rear, left side, and right side views, respectively, of a sliding device for use with the game board ofFIG. 13 , with the sliding device in a state; -
FIG. 36E shows the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D , with the sliding device in a state different fromFIGS. 36A-D ; -
FIG. 36F shows the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D , with the sliding device in a state different fromFIGS. 36A-D and fromFIG. 36E ; -
FIGS. 37A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a first plate for use with the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D ; -
FIGS. 38A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a second plate for use with the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D ; -
FIGS. 39A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a first plate for use with the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D ; -
FIGS. 40A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a second plate for use with the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D ; -
FIGS. 41A-C show side, bottom, and top views, respectively, of a second plate for use with the sliding device ofFIGS. 36A-D . -
FIGS. 42A-B show perspective views of a six sided die for field goals and extra points; -
FIGS. 43A-B show perspective views of a six sided die for kickoffs; -
FIGS. 44A-B show perspective views of a six sided die for punts; -
FIG. 45A shows a perspective view of a plurality of die retainer receptacles with the receptacles shown empty; -
FIG. 45B shows a perspective view of the plurality of die retainer receptacles with dice shown placed in the receptacles; -
FIG. 46 shows a top view of a sheet of quick reference examples and rules which may be placed on a game board of an embodiment of the present invention; and -
FIG. 47 shows a top view of a game board in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 1 shows a top view of afootball game board 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Thefootball game board 100 include an image of afootball field 100 a. Thefootball game board 100 may be a part of and may be printed on a piece of cardboard or other hard backing material or may be displayed on a computer monitor, such as acomputer monitor 306 ofFIG. 11 . Thegame board 100 includes a plurality ofspaces 112, such as 112 a, 112 b, 112 c, and 112 d. The plurality ofspaces spaces 112 are arranged in a grid, which may typically be rectangular in at least one embodiment. The grid includes a plurality of columns marked near the top ofFIG. 1 , as A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, and J, and a plurality of rows, such as starting from the bottom ofFIG. 1 , two rows below the line identified as abottom goal line 118, ten rows above thebottom goal line 118, and two rows above thetop goal line 116. Each column has a subset of theplurality 112 of spaces and each row includes a subset of the plurality ofspaces 112. InFIG. 1 , each of columns A-J has fourteen spaces, and each of the first through fourteenth rows starting from the top ofFIG. 1 , has ten spaces of the plurality ofspaces 112. In alternative embodiments, more columns and more rows than shown inFIG. 1 may be provided. However, to provide adequate spacing for player game pieces to run and get open for passes, it is preferred in one embodiment that the number of spaces in width be at least three times greater than the number of player game pieces on a team. For example, if there are three players on each side or team (in a three versus three game), then there should be at least nine spaces in width fromsideline 120 e to sideline 120 f. In one embodiment, ten spaces of width (of ten columns A-J) are provided for teams of three player game pieces each. - The spacing for the width of the game board, is somewhat based on the spacing in real football. If each player is a yard in width in real football, then in a real football game, the eleven players take up eleven yard of width of the field. A real football field is one hundred sixty feet wide or about fifty three yards, thus there is a ratio of 53 to 11 or somewhat less than five to 1. Using a game board of at least three to one (spaces in width to number of players on a team) somewhat approximates real football spacing.
- The
game board 100 includes anouter boundary 120, which may enclose all of the plurality ofspaces 112. Theouter boundary 120 includes anend line 120 a, anend line 120 d, and 120 e and 120 f. Asidelines line 120 b is provided which cuts a top end zone section above thegoal line 116 in half, and aline 120 c is provided which cuts a bottom end zone section below agoal line 118, in half. - The plurality of
spaces 112 may have a checkerboard pattern, such that different shades or colors may be alternated every other space. For example, the odd column spaces in the odd rows, starting from the top left hand corner ofFIG. 1 , may be shaded or colored a first color while the even column spaces in the odd rows may be unshaded or colored a second color, which is different from the first color. For example, inFIG. 1 , thespace 112 a in the first column A and first row starting from the top, is shown shaded, while thespace 112 b in the second column B, and the first row starting from the top, has aspace 112 b which is shown unshaded. The odd column spaces in the even rows may be unshaded or colored the second color while the even column spaces in the even rows may be shaded or colored the first color. For example, inFIG. 1 , the first column A, second row starting from the top, has aspace 112 d which is shown unshaded, while the second column B, second row starting from the top ofFIG. 1 , has aspace 112 c which is shown unshaded. The checkerboard pattern is helpful in determining whether there is a straight diagonal line for “throwing” or transferring the football from a ball carrier player game piece on offense (i.e. from the quarterback) to a non-ball carrier, or receiver, or potential defensive interceptor where the ball carrier and the non-ball carrier or receiver, or the potential defensive interceptor are a number of spaces of the plurality ofspaces 112, apart from one another. In some embodiments a straight line of spaces for “throwing” or transferring the football is not required. - The spaces in the rows above the
top goal line 116 and below thebottom goal line 118 may be colored differently from the spaces in the rows between the 116 and 118. For example, the spaces in the rows above thegoal lines top goal line 116 and below the bottom goal line 118 (i.e. in the two end zones or end zone sections) may be a yellow color, with a lighter yellow color used for the even column spaces of the top row inFIG. 1 and first row below thegoal line 118 and for the odd column spaces of the second row from the top ofFIG. 1 and the last row inFIG. 1 belowgoal line 118, and a darker yellow color used for the odd column spaces of the top row and for the first row below thegoal line 118 and for the even column spaces of the second row from the top and of the last row below thegoal line 118. - The spaces between the
116 and 118 may be colored different shades of green, which may alternate in the shading pattern shown ingoal lines FIG. 1 , i.e. the spaces of the plurality ofspaces 112 in between the 116 and 118 shown shaded ingoal lines FIG. 1 may be a darker green, while the spaces of 112 in between the 116 and 118 shown not shaded may be a lighter green.goal lines - The plurality of
spaces 112 includes a plurality offast spaces 114, such as thefast space 114 a. Each fast space is marked to indicate that it is a fast space. In one embodiment, a fast space is identified or marked by having a star symbol or some other graphic or graphic symbol in the space. For example thefast space 114 a is marked with the star symbol orgraphic symbol 115 a. Each of the other fast spaces offast spaces 114 is also marked with the same star symbol, as infast space 114 a, inFIG. 1 . InFIG. 1 there are alternating fast spaces in each even row from the top ofFIG. 1 and there are alternating fast spaces in each odd column from thesideline 120 e to thesideline 120 f. There are alternating fast spaces in columns A, C, E, G, and I, and there are no fast spaces in columns B, D, F, H, and J. There are alternating fast spaces in each even row from the top ofFIG. 1 and there are no fast spaces in the odd rows from the top ofFIG. 1 . This layout for the plurality offast spaces 114 allows a user of a football game and of thegame board 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention to easily move one or more player game pieces, when permitted to do so, from one fast space to another fast space during a move without counting the non-fast spaces in between the fast spaces. Typically, in at least one embodiment only some of a plurality of player game pieces are allowed to take advantage of the fast spaces, which effectively allows those player game pieces to move faster than other player game pieces. -
FIG. 2 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with second team 202 a, 202 b, and 202 c, first teamplayer game pieces 200 a, 200 b, and 200 c, and aplayer game pieces ball designation device 204 shown located in spaces of the plurality ofspaces 112 of thefootball game board 100 in a first state. Each of the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c may be a solid piece which can be picked up off of thegame board 100 by a user. For example, each of the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c may be solid disks or blocks, such as made of wood, plastic, metal or any other solid material. The first team player game pieces 200 a-c may be colored one color or set of colors, such as for example red (or red and white), consistent with a particular football team, such as the Arizona Cardinals (trademarked) of the NFL (National Football League) (trademarked) while the second player game pieces 202 a-c would typically be colored a different color or set of colors, such as for example blue (or blue and white), consistent with a particular football team such as the New York Giants (trademarked) of the NFL (trademarked) in order to easily distinguish a first team (comprised of pieces 200 a-c) from a second team (comprised of pieces 202 a-c). The pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c may have other team appropriate designations from the NFL or college football, for example. The pieces 200 a-c may have one shape, such as circular inFIG. 2 , while the pieces 202 a-c may have a different shape, such as square inFIG. 2 to further distinguish the first team from the second team. - In another embodiment, each of the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c may be images shown on a computer screen which can be moved from one location on the computer screen to another location, such as by selecting with a computer interactive device such as 308 in
FIG. 11 . - In the first state of
FIG. 2 , a possible set up of the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c for a play from a line of scrimmage orscrimmage line 122 is shown. The first team (200 a-c) has theball designation device 204 and therefore is on offense for the set up shown inFIG. 2 . The line ofscrimmage 122 is labeled as “30” to represent the 30 yard line nearer thegoal line 118 than to thegoal line 116. There is another line labeled “30” which is the “30” yard line nearer thegoal line 116 than to thegoal line 118. There are yard lines labeled 0, 10, 20, 30, and 40 nearer theline 116 thanline 118, a yard line labeled 50 in the middle, and yard lines labeled 0, 10, 20, 30, and 40 nearer theline 118 thanline 116. The yard lines represent yard lines on a football field. - In one embodiment, a team gets a limited number of downs, such as four, to score and there are no first downs. In this embodiment the player game pieces (such as 200 a-c and 202 a-c) are effectively bigger in relation to the length of the
football game board 100, then in comparison with real football players on a real football field. This is done to make a football game in accordance an embodiment of the present invention more compact, easier to play and more exciting to play since scoring can be done more easily. - When setting up a play from a scrimmage line, such as in this
case line 122, assuming the team on offense is trying to score in the direction ofgoal line 116, typically, each of the player game pieces on the team on offense (in this case pieces 200 a-c) are placed on a separate space of the plurality ofspaces 112 below the line of scrimmage (in this case line 122) and then after the player game pieces (200 a-c in this example) on offense have been placed, each of the player game pieces on defense (in this case 202 a-c) are placed on a separate space of the plurality ofspaces 112 above the line ofscrimmage 122. Although the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c are shown on spaces adjacent to the line ofscrimmage 122 inFIG. 2 , in at least one embodiment, the player game pieces on defense (202 a-c in this case) can be placed on any spaces ofspaces 112 above the line of scrimmage 122 (typically as long as each of pieces 202 a-c is on a different space above line 122), and the player game pieces on offense (in this case 200 a-c) can be placed anywhere below the line of scrimmage 122 (typically as long as each of pieces 200 a-c are in a different space below the line 122), except that typically the quarterback or initial ball carrier, such as 200 b, which has ball designation device 104, inFIG. 2 , in at least one embodiment, must be placed on a space ofspaces 112 which is adjacent the line ofscrimmage 122 and below the line ofscrimmage 122 in this example, at the start of the play. Note that the strategy of where to place one's player game pieces (such as 202 a-c in this example) on defense during the initial defensive setup is very important, since in this embodiment the non ball carrier game pieces on offense (200 a-c) can move faster then the defensive player game pieces when using “fast”spaces 114. - Also note that if the team on offense were trying to score in the opposite direction, i.e. towards
goal line 118, then the offensive player game pieces 200 a-c would be placed in spaces of 112 above the line ofscrimmage 122 and the defensive player game pieces 202 a-c would be placed in spaces of 112 below the line ofscrimmage 122. - Typically the team on offense places its player game pieces (in this case 200 a-c) first during an offensive setup stage, and after the offense has done this, the team on defense places its player game pieces, such as 202 a-c in spaces during a defensive setup stage.
- In
FIG. 2 , the first teamplayer game piece 200 b is a ball carrier and theball designation device 204, which may be shaped in the form of a football, is attached or placed on thegame piece 200 b to indicate that thegame piece 200 b is the initial ball carrier. Theball designation device 204 may be a solid piece which can be picked up and moved by a user. Theball designation device 204 may be magnetically attracted to the game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c so that 204 can be held by one of the game pieces 200 a-c or 202 a-c. Alternatively, another method may be used to hold theball designation device 204 to one of the game pieces 200 a-c or 202 a-c. In another embodiment, thedevice 204 may be an image on a computer screen or monitor, such as 306 inFIG. 11 , which can be moved by clicking on thedevice 204 with a computer mouse of for example computerinteractive device 308. -
FIG. 3 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second player game pieces 202 a-c, the three first team player game pieces 200 a-c, and theball designation device 204, with the three first team player pieces 200 a-c shown moved during a first team first offensive turn from their positions inFIG. 2 to different positions, to form a second state. The first team firstplayer game piece 200 b, which is the ball carrier in this example, and hasball designation device 204 attached or placed on thepiece 200 b, is allowed in one embodiment, to move two ball carrier moves during an offensive turn. A ball carrier move, in one embodiment, is a move from a first space of the plurality ofspaces 112 to a second space of the plurality ofspaces 112 which is adjacent to the first space. For example, the first team firstplayer game piece 200 b, which is the ball carrier, can move one move in the downwards vertical direction of the dashed line L3 from a space in column F between the 30 and 20 yard lines (nearer thegoal line 118 than goal line 116) to a space in column F between the 20 and 10 yard line (nearer thegoal line 118 than goal line 116). In one embodiment, each player game piece, such as each of player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c, has only two moves for each turn, so theplayer game piece 200 b may next, for example, move one space in the direction of a line L4 from the space in column F betweenyard lines 20 and 10 (nearer thegoal line 118 than the goal line 116) diagonally into the space in column E between theyard lines 10 and 0 (nearer thegoal line 118 than the goal line 116). - Typically, in at least one embodiment, each player game piece, such as each of player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c, can move from one space of
spaces 112 to an adjacent space of 112, assuming the space is unoccupied, in any direction during a move, such as vertically, horizontally, diagonally, or to the left side or the right side. For example, the first team firstplayer game piece 200 b, for its first ball carrier move, could have moved from the space in column F, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116), one space, to any space of the spaces in column G betweenyard lines 30 and 10 (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116), to any space of the spaces in column E betweenyard lines 30 and 10 (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116), and to the space in column F betweenyard lines 10 and 20 (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116). In at least one embodiment, theball designation device 204 is not allowed to cross the line of scrimmage, such as 122 in this case, on the first offensive turn, giving the defense a chance to move their player game pieces 202 a-c before theball designation device 204 crosses the line ofscrimmage 122. Thus, in at least one embodiment, in this example, theplayer game piece 200 b cannot move into the spaces in columns E, F, and G, between theyard lines 30 and 40 (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116) on the first offensive turn. Also, in at least one embodiment, the offensive player game piece carrying theball designation device 204 cannot attempt to enter a space in which a defensive player game piece is located without ending the play. For example, in at least one embodiment, if thegame piece 200 b, with theball designation device 204 attempts to enter the space occupied by 202 b, the play ends, and the line of scrimmage would be the space last occupied by thegame piece 200 b, not the space thegame piece 200 b attempted to enter. In some embodiments, the offensive player game piece, such as 202 b, carrying the ball, may be allowed to push a defensive player game piece forward before the play ends. - The player game pieces (in this
200 c and 200 a) are not designated as a ball carrier incase FIG. 3 , because they do not have thefootball designation device 204. Since they are non-ball carriers, in at least one embodiment, the 200 c and 200 a, while on offense on a play from scrimmage, can effectively move faster than the ball carrier, in thisplayer game pieces case 200 b, and in at least one embodiment, faster than the game pieces 202 a-c, which are on defense. The first team 200 c and 200 a, while on offense, can do this, in at least one embodiment by taking advantage of one or more fast spaces ofplayer game pieces fast spaces 114. For example,player game piece 200 c is allowed to be moved directly, during its first move, in the direction of a line L1, from the fast space in column C between the 30 and 20 yard lines (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116) to the fast space diagonally across in the column E between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer thegoal line 118 than 116). Although theplayer game piece 200 c has traveled two spaces of the plurality ofspaces 112, the first move of thegame piece 200 c only counts as one move from the fast space in column C between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer togoal line 118 than 116) to the fast space in column E between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer togoal line 118 than 116). Theplayer game piece 200 c still has another move (its second move for a first team first offensive turn) and can move directly from the fast space in column E between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer to theline 118 than 116) to the fast space in column E between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer to theline 116 than 118). The second move during this first team offensive turn forgame piece 200 c only counts as one move although thegame player piece 200 c has again traversed two spaces of the plurality ofspaces 112. - The
player game piece 200 c could have moved only one space during a move and not have taken advantage of the fast space feature. The offensiveplayer game piece 200 c could also have gone in any direction, such as vertical, horizontal, diagonal, or sideways, during either of its two moves. For example, during a move from the fast space in column C between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer line 118 than 116), the offensiveplayer game piece 200 c, if it is not carrying the football orball designation device 204, can move to the fast spaces in column E, between 40 and 50, between theyard lines 20 and 30, or theyard lines yard lines 0 and 10 (nearer theline 118 than 116 and assuming these spaces are unoccupied), the fast spaces in column A, between 40 and 50, betweenyard lines 20 and 30, or betweenyard lines yard lines 0 and 10 (nearer theline 118 than 116, and assuming these spaces are unoccupied). Typically thegame piece 200 c cannot move into a space occupied by another game piece, such as one of 200 a, 200 b, or 202 a-c, however, in some embodiments, thegame pieces game piece 200 c may be able to do this or may be able to push another game piece of 200 a, 200 b, or 202 a-c. The offensivegame pieces player game piece 200 c could have been moved one space during a first move such as from the space in column C between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than 116) to one of the spaces in column B, between the 40 and 10 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than 116), or one of the spaces in column D, between the 40 and 10 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than 116), or into the space in column C betweenyard lines 10 and 20 (nearer theline 118 than 116). If thegame piece 200 c is not starting in a fast space, then it can only move, in one embodiment, one space during a move, in any direction. - First team
player game piece 200 a, is a non-ball carrier inFIGS. 2 and 3 , and may be allowed to be moved in a manner similar to thegame piece 200 c. For example, thegame piece 200 a can be moved from the fast space in column I, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer line 118 than line 116) to the fast space in column G, between the 40 and 50 yard lines in a direction of a line L5 during a first move, and then can be moved to a fast space in column I betweenyard lines 30 and 40 (nearer 116 than 118). In one or more embodiments, although some exceptions may apply, player game pieces of 200 a-c and 202 a-c, are not allowed to run over another player game piece. Therefore theplayer game piece 200 a is not allowed to go directly from the fast space in column I, betweenyard lines 20 and 30 (nearer 118 than 116) to the fast space in column I betweenyard lines 40 and 50 (nearer 118 than 116) on a single move. Thegame piece 200 a, however, could have done its first move, as shown inFIG. 3 , and then used its second move to move from the fast space in column G between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer 118 than 116) to the fast space in column I, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer 118 than 116). -
FIG. 4 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a-c, which are on defense, the three first team player game pieces 200 a-c, which are on offense, and theball designation device 204, with the three player game pieces 202 a-c shown moved during a second team first defensive turn from their positions inFIGS. 2 and 3 to different positions inFIG. 4 , to form a third state. In at least one embodiment, the game pieces 202 a-c cannot take advantage of the fast spaces, since they are on defense, and thus effectively move slower than the non-ball carrier 200 a and 200 c, which are currently on offense. In other embodiments, one or more game player pieces may be able to take advantage of the fast spaces, while on defense. In other embodiments the player game piece with the ball designation device may be able to take advantage of the fast spaces.player game pieces -
FIG. 4 shows an example, where each of the second team player game pieces 202 a-c, currently on defense, have been moved two moves during a second team first defensive turn, and wherein the game pieces 202 a-c are not allowed to take advantage of the fast spaces. Theplayer game piece 202 a has been moved one space in the direction of a line L11, during a first move from the space in column I, between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116) to the space in column I, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116). Theplayer game piece 202 a has been moved one space in the direction of a line L12, during a second move from the space in column I, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116) to the space in column I, between the 50 and 40 yard lines (nearer theline 116 than the line 118). - The second team
player game piece 202 b has been moved one space in the direction of a line L7, during a first move from the space in column F, between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116) to the space in column E, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116). The second teamplayer game piece 202 b has been moved one space in the direction of a line L8, during a second move from the space in column E, between the 20 and 30 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116) to the space in column I, between the 10 and 20 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116). - The second team
player game piece 202 c has been moved one space in the direction of a line L9, during a first move from the space in column C, between the 30 and 40 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116) to the space in column D, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116). The second teamplayer game piece 202 c has been moved one space in the direction of a line L10, during a second move from the space in column D, between the 40 and 50 yard lines (nearer theline 118 than the line 116) to the space in column E, between the 50 and 40 yard lines (nearer theline 116 than the line 118). - In at least one embodiment, each of the player game pieces 202 a-c, when on defense, is allowed to move two moves during a defensive turn and during each move, each player game piece is allowed to move from one space of
spaces 112 to an adjacent space ofspaces 112 in any direction, such as vertical, horizontal, or diagonally. In at least one embodiment, a player game piece, such as one of pieces 202 a-c, when on defense, can land on a space occupied by a player game piece of the opposing team, when the opposing team is on offense, when the offensive player game piece is the ball carrier, i.e. hasball designation device 204, in order to tackle the offensive player game piece ball carrier and end the play. A new play from scrimmage would then start, assuming it wasn't fourth down, from a yard line above (towards the top ofFIG. 4 ) where the offensive player game piece ball carrier was tackled, in the example ofFIG. 4 , where the offense is trying to score overgoal line 116 at the top ofFIG. 4 . - In addition, in at least one embodiment, a player game piece on defense, such as in
FIG. 4 , one of pieces 202 a-c, can land on a space occupied by a non-ball carrier offensive game piece (such as one of 200 a and 200 c inpieces FIG. 4 ) in a covering move, however, in that case, the particular defensive player game piece is not allowed any further moves on the particular defensive turn. In that way, the defensive player game piece is not allowed to run over the offensive player game piece, in one embodiment, but can cover a pass as will be described. -
FIG. 5 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a-c, the three first team player game pieces 200 a-c, and theball designation device 204, with theball designation device 204 shown moved during a first team second offensive turn from its position inFIG. 4 to a different position, to form a fourth state. - The sequence explained prior to
FIG. 5 , is as follows: the team on offense, in this case the first team (controlled by a first person or first human player) sets up or places its game pieces 200 a-c, typically first, then the defense (controlled by a second person or second human player) sets its second team player game pieces on defense, such as in this case 202 a-c (set up shown byFIG. 2 ), then the offense plays a first offensive turn (shown by the movement of player game pieces 200 a-c andball designation device 204 fromFIG. 2 toFIG. 3 ), then the defense plays a first defensive turn (shown by the movement of player game pieces 202 a-c fromFIG. 3 toFIG. 4 ). After the first defensive turn, the offense may play a second offensive turn, and the defense may thereafter play a second defensive turn, and the offense and the defense may continue to alternate until the play is concluded by the ball carrier being tackled typically by one of the player game pieces on defense, such as 202 a-c in this example, landing on a space occupied by a ball carrier player game piece on offense, such as 200 b in this example (or whichever player game piece has theball designation device 204, or in other circumstances to be described. -
FIG. 5 shows an example, of a passing play by the offense. If the offense wants to make a pass, pitch, or handoff, from the ball carrier (such asball carrier 200 b inFIG. 4 ) to a non-ball carrier, such as 200 c inFIG. 4 , in one embodiment, theball carrier 200 b, thenon-ball carrier 200 c, and any one or more spaces in between the 200 b and 200 c must be in a straight line, in at least one embodiment, such as a straight vertical, horizontal or diagonal line. However, in other embodiments, such as for example, wherein passing zones are used as shown inball carrier FIG. 12 , the passer and the receiver game pieces do not need to be in a straight line of spaces. - In a straight line example of
FIG. 4 , thegame piece 200 c, thegame piece 200 b, and spaces in column E between yard lines 40 (nearer line 116 than 118) and yard line 10 (nearer line 118 than 116) form a straight line of spaces. Thusball carrier 200 b can throw a pass to thenon-ball carrier 200 c shown inFIG. 4 . The fact that there are two second team 202 b and 202 c on defense in between theplayer game pieces ball carrier 200 b and thenon ball carrier 200 c inFIG. 4 does not prevent the offense from attempting a pass. However, in one embodiment, if the non ball carrier (receiver) is more than two spaces away from the ball carrier (thrower) then the offense uses a random number generator to determine where theball designation device 204 goes. The random number generator may be a pair of dice. InFIG. 4 , the non ball carrier orreceiver 200 c is six spaces away from theball carrier 200 b, in the direction of the straight line L13. - In one embodiment, the offense may use its offensive turn to roll a pair of dice or otherwise generate a random number. In the example of
FIGS. 4-5 , If the random number is six or above, then the pass is complete and theball designation device 204 is moved six spaces to the offensiveplayer game piece 200 c, which now becomes the ball carrier. In one embodiment, if the random number is greater than the number of spaces that the receiver is away from the thrower, than the receiver upon receiving the ball may move that number of ball carrier spaces. For example, if a seven were rolled for theFIG. 5 example, thereceiver game piece 200 c which caught the ball can then move one space. - If the number generated by the random number generator is less than the number of spaces that the receiver is away from the thrower, then in one embodiment the ball or
ball designation device 204 is moved that number of spaces in a direct line from the thrower towards the receiver. For example, if a five was rolled, then theball designation device 204 would be moved five spaces into the space in which the second teamplayer game piece 202 c on defense is located inFIG. 5 . Because the player game piece on defense, in thiscase 202 c, is located on the same space as theball designation device 204, that would be an interception. Thegame piece 202 c would then be able to move two moves during an intercepting team's turn, along with the 202 a and 202 b. The team that lost the ball can thereafter move two moves, after the intercepting team, to try to stop the intercepting team. The teams may thereafter continue to alternate turns. During an interception, sequence, in one embodiment, no player game pieces may be able to take advantage of theother pieces fast spaces 114. Alternatively, player game pieces may retain “fast” or “slow” designations that were set at the beginning of the offensive play which resulted in the interception. - If the number generated on a pass play makes the
ball designation device 204 land on an unoccupied space ofspaces 112, then the pass may either be considered incomplete, or theball designation device 204 may be left in the appropriate space ofspaces 112, until a player game piece, such as one of 200 a-c or 202 a-c moves into that space. While the ball is “in the air” i.e. lying in that space, the offensive 200 c and 200 a may be allowed to use theplayer game pieces fast spaces 114 while the defensive player game pieces 202 a-c, and theplayer game piece 200 b that threw the ball, may not be allowed to use the fast spaces. This simulates the concept of a receiver in real football coming back for the ball. - In at least one embodiment, if the receiver offensive game piece is less than two spaces away from the thrower (or player game piece handing off or pitching) game piece than the receiver and the offensive game piece which is not the receiver and not the thrower, may move their predetermined number of moves on a turn, such as two, but the thrower may not. In this embodiment, the thrower's moves are done by moving the
ball designation device 204, and so the thrower does not move during a turn in which the thrower throws or hands off. - If the receiver game piece on offense is more than two spaces of
spaces 112 away from the thrower then in one embodiment, the offense must use an entire turn in order to attempt a throw. This means that no player game pieces of 200 a-c, on offense during a throw of over two spaces, may be moved, but rather only theball designation device 204 moves during a throwing offensive turn. However, in one embodiment, a receiver offensive game piece may move after catching the ball, if the roll is greater than the number of spaces that the receiver is away from the thrower. - After a receiver receives the ball, the receiver typically in one embodiment becomes a ball carrier and can only move ball carrier moves, which in one embodiment means a move from a space into an adjacent space and does not allow the ball carrier to take advantage of the
fast spaces 114. - If a defensive player game piece is on the same space as an offensive player game piece receiver, and a throw is attempted which reaches the space where the two are located then the throw will be intercepted in one or more embodiments. For example, if defensive
player game piece 202 c is on the same space as offensiveplayer game piece 200 c, and a throw is attempted and the roll on the dice is sufficient for theball designation device 204 to reach the 202 c and 200 c, then the defensivepieces player game piece 202 c intercepts the ball and has the next turn. -
FIG. 6 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a-c, which are on defense, the three first team player game pieces 200 a-c, which are on offense, and theball designation device 204, with the game pieces 202 a-c and 200 a-c and theball designation device 204 shown set up in different spaces to form a fifth state.FIG. 6 shows a possible goal line set up at thegoal line 116. -
FIG. 7 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three player game pieces 202 a-c, the three player game pieces 200 a-c, and theball designation device 204, with the player game pieces 200 a-c and theball designation device 204 shown moved from the positions ofFIG. 6 during a first team first running offensive turn to different spaces to form a sixth state.FIG. 7 demonstrates a “pushing” feature in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. Each player game piece of pieces 200 a-c, which is a non ball carrier, and which is on offense, may be permitted to push a player game piece on defense into another space. For example,player game piece 200 c has moved, in a direction of a diagonal line L16, from a space in column E, between the 0 and 10 yard lines (nearer 116 than 118) to a space in column F in the first row above thegoal line 116, fromFIGS. 6 to 7 . In addition, theplayer game piece 202 b, on defense, has been moved, in a direction of diagonal line L17 during an offensive turn, from the space in column F, in the first row above thegoal line 116 to the space in column G, in the second row abovegoal line 116. Theplayer game piece 200 c, on offense, has effectively used its two moves to push theplayer game piece 202 b in a diagonal direction. In at least one embodiment, each player game piece, which is the non carrier of the ball, and which is on offense, may use its two moves to push a player game piece which is on defense, one space, so that the pushing offensive player game piece takes the space of the defensive player game piece and the defensive player game piece is pushed in the direction of the offensive player game piece's move (in this case diagonally upwards). - In at least one embodiment, in order to execute this “push” the particular offensive player game piece must have both of its two moves left. Effectively, there is one move to move the defensive player game piece and one move to move the offensive player game piece, which adds up to the offensive player game piece's two moves. Typically, two defensive player game pieces cannot be pushed so that if there were two defensive player game pieces one directly behind the other in a vertical direction, the offensive player game piece could not push both in the vertical direction.
- In
FIG. 7 the first teamplayer game piece 200 a has executed a push on the second teamplayer game piece 202 a. The first teamplayer game piece 200 a has moved in an upwards diagonal direction of line L14 from the space in column G, betweenlines 0 and 10 (nearer 116 than 118) to the space in column H, in the first row aboveline 116, and the second teamplayer game piece 202 a has been pushed during an offensive turn in the direction of line L15 from the space in column H, first row above theline 116, to the space in column I, second row above theline 116. - The ball carrier
player game piece 200 b has been moved two ball carrier moves fromFIG. 6 toFIG. 7 . Thepiece 200 b has been moved from a space in column F betweenlines 0 and 10 (nearer line 116 than 118) in a direction of a line L18 to a space in column G, betweenlines 10 and 20 (nearer line 116 than 118) during a first move, and in a direction L19 to a space in column H, betweenlines 10 and 20 (nearer line 116 than 118) during a second move. After the offensive turn, the defense gets a chance to move its defensive player game pieces 202 a-c, typically in one embodiment, two moves each, in a manner previously explained. -
FIG. 8 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a-c, currently on defense, the three player game pieces 200 a-c, currently on offense, and theball designation device 204, with the game pieces 202 a-c shown moved from the positions ofFIG. 7 during a second team first running defensive turn to different spaces to form a seventh state. Theplayer game piece 202 c has moved from a space in column D, first row aboveline 116 to a space in column E, first row belowline 116 in a direction L24 during a first move, and then in a direction L25 to a space in column F, in the first row belowline 116, during a second move. Theplayer game piece 202 b has moved from a space in column G, first row at the top of the page to a space in column G, first row aboveline 116 in a direction L22 during a first move, and then in a direction L23 to a space in column H, in the first row belowline 116, during a second move. Theplayer game piece 202 a has moved from a space in column I, first row at the top ofFIGS. 7 and 8 , to a space in column I, first row aboveline 116 in a direction L20 during a first move, and then in a direction L21 to a space in column I, in the first row belowline 116, during a second move. -
FIG. 9 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a-c, the three first team player game pieces 200 a-c, and theball designation device 204, with the player game pieces 200 a-c and theball designation device 204 shown moved from the positions ofFIG. 8 during a first team second running offensive turn to different spaces to form an eighth state. Theplayer game piece 200 b and the ballcarrier designation device 204 located thereon, have been moved from a space in column H, betweenyard lines 10 and 20 (nearer 116 than 118) in a direction L26 during a first move, to a space in column G, first row below theline 116, and then in a direction L27 during a second move, to a space in column G, first row above theline 116. Because the ball carrier, offensiveplayer game piece 200 b and theball designation device 204 that it is carrying have crossed thegoal line 116 into the end zone section which includes the two rows of spaces above theline 116, the offensive team has scored a touchdown for six points. The offensive team may attempt an extra point by using a random number generator such as a die or dice. In one embodiment, rolling a predetermined number on a die or dice or higher that the predetermined number may complete an extra point and rolling less than a predetermined number may mean a missed extra point. For example rolling a one on a die may mean a missed extra point and a two or higher a made extra point. Alternatively, extra points may be attempted by moving the ball designation device 204 a number of spaces, mathematically related to a random number generated (such as greater than or equal to the random number) along an image of a football field on game board 100 (or 400 ofFIG. 12 ), and a successful extra point is moved over an image of a crossbar, such as 430 c of an image of a goal post, such as 430. - The teams may then do a kickoff from the team that just scored to the team that did not score. The game pieces 200 a-c would then become the kicking team and the game pieces 202 a-c would become the receiving team. Assuming the receiving team is tackled on the kickoff or the ball goes out of the end zone, the first team player game pieces 200 a-c would then become defensive player game pieces and would move in the manner of a player game piece on defense as previously described. Second team player game pieces 202 a-c would become offensive player game pieces and would move in the manner of player game pieces on offense as previously described. Thus during a game, in at least one embodiment the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c (and 800 a-c and 802 a-c of
FIGS. 33-35 ) would play both offense and defense. Each of the first team player game pieces of 200 a-c (or 800 a-c) may be identical to each other, except for designations which may or may not be associated to indicate whether each game piece is “fast” (able to take advantage of “fast spaces”) or “slow” (not able to take advantage of “fast” spaces). Each of the second team player game pieces 202 a-c (or 802 a-c) may be identical to each other, except for designations which may or may not be associated to indicate whether each game piece is “fast” (able to take advantage of “fast spaces”) or “slow” (not able to take advantage of “fast” spaces). This aids in one or more embodiments, in keeping the rules of a football game straight forward, in accordance with at least one embodiment of the present invention, so that the game is enjoyable to play. -
FIG. 10 shows a top view of thefootball game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , along with the three second team player game pieces 202 a-c, the three first team player game pieces 200 a-c, and theball designation device 204, with the game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c and theball designation device 204 set up for a kickoff. - The kicking team, such as in this case including 202 a-c, may set its player game pieces on any space above the 30 yard line in the
FIG. 10 example (nearer to thegoal line 116 than 118, in theFIG. 10 example). If the kickoff occurs from the 30 yard line closer to thebottom goal line 118, then the kicking player game pieces may be set in any spaces below the 30 yard line (nearer to the goal line 118). However, typically the kicker, the player game piece starting with theball designation device 204, such as 202 b, inFIG. 10 , would start on a space just above and adjacent to the 30 yard line in the example ofFIG. 10 and in a column which is substantially central, such as column F inFIG. 10 . The kick receiving team would be placed in any space below the 30 yard line nearer theline 118 than 116, in the example ofFIG. 10 . A random number generator can be used to determine a number of spaces that theball designation device 204 or football travels. For example, a pair of dice can be rolled and the ball moved the amount indicated by a pair of dice. If for example, an eight is rolled, then the ball can be moved eight spaces in a direct line from theplayer game piece 202 b to theplayer game piece 200 b. If the number was less than eight in the example ofFIG. 10 , then the ball will be placed in the appropriate space, in a direct line from 202 b to 200 b and a player game piece from either the kicking team or the receiving team must land, in at least one embodiment, on that space to pick up the ball orball designation device 204. If the roll is greater than eight, in the example ofFIG. 10 , then the ball either goes over game piece's 200 b's head into the space in column F, last row for a roll of nine, or goes out of the end zone for a roll of ten, eleven or twelve, and then the line of scrimmage becomes the twenty yard line for the team receiving the ball, which is the team including pieces 200 a-c in theFIG. 10 example. Play from scrimmage then commences as previously discussed. - On a kickoff play, the kicking team may be allowed to kick the ball, i.e. move
ball designation device 204 based on the dice, and to move the non-kicking players, such as 202 c and 202 a, two moves each on a kicking team turn. Then the receiving team may be allowed to move its players two moves each on a receiving team turn. The kicking team and the receiving team may then alternate turns thereafter until, for example, a kicking team player game piece lands on a space occupied by a receiving team player game piece carrying theball designation device 204. Thereafter a play from scrimmage would be done as previously described. In at least one embodiment, on a kickoff play, the kicking team would be allowed to designate up to two fast player game pieces, while the receiving team would only be allowed to designate one fast player game piece. In at least one embodiment, on a regular offensive football play from a line of scrimmage, the team on offense can designate up to two fast player game pieces, while the defense can designate only one fast player game piece. - In one or more embodiments, the player game piece with the ball on offense can use his two moves to throw a pass, lateral, or handoff, if the player passed to or handed off to is two spaces or less away from the player throwing or handing off the ball. The offense can throw or pitch the ball more than two spaces, by rolling two dice. The two dice determine how far the ball goes. If the combined number on the two dice is greater than or equal to the number of spaces to get from the thrower to the receiver, then the pass is complete. If not then the ball sits in a space, as far as it goes and can be intercepted. If there are spaces left over on the roll on a completed pass, the receiver can run after catching the ball, in one or more embodiments. After catching the ball, the receiver can only run one space at a time, i.e. in at least one embodiment, a player with the ball cannot take advantage of the “fast” spaces but can only move one space at a time. In other embodiments a player game piece with the ball designation device can be “fast” or “slow”, it would depend on whether a designation of fast was associated with that game piece.
- In order to complete a pass, lateral, or handoff, the thrower and the receiver, in one embodiment, must be in a straight line with each other, such as in a horizontal, vertical, or diagonal line. If the thrower and the receiver are not in line, then a pass cannot be thrown in one or more embodiments. In other embodiments, particularly where passing zones are used, the passer and the receiver do not have to be in a straight line of spaces.
- If the ball doesn't reach, or there are no spaces left over, or the offense has finished running its extra spaces off a rolled dice pass, then the defense goes by moving up to two moves, for each defensive player game piece, one space at a time as before. Alternatively, in some embodiments, a defensive player game piece can take advantage of fast spaces if a designation indicating that the player is fast is associated with that defensive player game piece. The defense can intercept the pass by landing on the space with the ball.
- If a space is occupied by a defensive player game piece, and an offensive player game piece wants to move into that space, and assuming the offensive player game piece has both of its two moves remaining, the offensive player may push a defensive player game piece in the direction of movement of the offensive player game piece, in at least one embodiment. The offensive player game piece may push a defensive player in any direction, which makes the rules in one embodiment straight forward to play. In one embodiment, the defensive player game piece is not allowed to push an offensive player.
- A field goal can be done by generating a random number such as by rolling one die. A die roll of two or greater means that a field goal starting at the goal line is good. A die roll of three or greater means that a field goal starting at the ten yard line is good. A die roll of four or greater means that a field goal starting at the twenty is good. A die roll of five or greater means that a field goal starting at the thirty is good. A die roll of six means that a field goal starting at the forty is good.
- In an alternative embodiment, a combination of the regular six sided die (such as 620 or 630) and the 1/2 die (640 or 650) can be rolled for all field goals and all extra points. The ball designation device, such as 204 and 804 can be moved a number of spaces, in a single column, along an image of a football field (such as on
100 or 400 ofgame board FIG. 12 ). In at least one embodiment the ball designation device must go past or over an image of a cross bar, such as 430 c or 432 c of an image of a goal post, such as 430 or 432. In the example ofFIG. 12 , a total of “three” of the combination of, for example die 620 and 640, would need to be rolled to make an extra point or a field goal from either goal line, of 416 or 418, throughgoal lines 430 and 432, respectively. In another embodiment, instead of rolling two dice, one die, such as a specially labelled “FG/PAT” die 800 shown ingoal posts FIGS. 42A-B , can be rolled to attempt a field goal or an extra point. - In one embodiment, the offense has four downs to score before turning over the ball as in American football. The offense may kick a field goal on any down, and may punt on any down. A punt may be determined by rolling a single die, such as specially labelled “Punt” die 820 shown in
FIGS. 44A-B , and having the ball designation device, such as 204 or 804, travel in a straight line, in a single direction, forward from the line of scrimmage, a number of spaces, equal to the number rolled on the die. -
FIG. 11 shows acomputer apparatus 300 which can display an image of a game board, such as thegame board 100 ofFIG. 1 ,game board 400 ofFIG. 12 , orgame board 500 ofFIG. 13 , in accordance with embodiments of the present invention on acomputer monitor 306. Thecomputer apparatus 300 includes acomputer memory 302, acomputer processor 304, thecomputer monitor 306, and a computerinteractive device 308. Thecomputer processor 304 may be connected by communications links to thecomputer monitor 306, thecomputer memory 302, and the computerinteractive device 308. - The computer monitor 306 may display an image of the
game board 100 and images of the game pieces 200 a-c, 202 a-c andball designation device 204. Thecomputer processor 304 may be programmed by computer software to allow the game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c (or 800 a-c or 802 a-c ofFIGS. 33-35 ) and the ball designation device 204 (or 804) to move in accordance with the rules of one or more embodiments of the present invention for a football game as previously described and to not permit the pieces 200 a-c, 202 a-c, (or 800 a-c and 802 a-c), and device 204 (or 804) to move in a manner not described. The computerinteractive device 308 may include a computer mouse, computer keyboard, and/or computer touch screen. The computer monitor 306 may be a computer touch screen and may be part of the computerinteractive device 308. A first human player or person and an opponent second human player or person, can use the computer mouse and/or computer keyboard or touch screen of 308 to move the pieces 200 a-c, 202 a-c (or 800 a-c and 802 a-c) and device 204 (or 804) in the appropriate manner in accordance with embodiments of the football game previously described. For example, a first person or human player, may be able to move pieces 200 a-c from theFIG. 2 state to theFIG. 3 state by clicking on images of those pieces and/or dragging those pieces from one space or image on thecomputer monitor 306 to another. Thecomputer memory 302 may include rules for the football game as previously described, and that may be executed by thecomputer processor 304 as programmed by computer software. Thecomputer processor 304 may be programmed to keep a score in thecomputer memory 302, such as a score for the first team (controlled by first person or first human player) and a score for the second team (controlled by the second person or second human player) and thecomputer processor 304 may cause the scores to be displayed on thecomputer monitor 306. -
FIG. 12 shows a top view of afootball game board 400 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Thefootball game board 400 may be a part of and may be printed on a piece of cardboard or other hard backing material or may be displayed on a computer monitor, such as acomputer monitor 306 ofFIG. 11 by a computer processor, such as 304, in accordance with a computer program stored incomputer memory 302. Thegame board 400 can be used in combination with all of, some of, or none of the game rules, for playing a football game, as previously described with reference toFIGS. 1-11 in or more embodiments of the present invention. - The
game board 400 includes a plurality ofspaces 412, such as 412 a, 412 b, 412 c, and 412 d. Similar to thespaces game board 100 ofFIG. 1 , each of the plurality ofspaces 412 may be rectangular and boarded by lines on four sides. The plurality ofspaces 412 are arranged in a grid, which may typically be rectangular in at least one embodiment. The grid includes a plurality of columns marked near the top ofFIG. 12 , as AA, BB, CC, DD, EE, FF, GG, HH, II, and JJ, and a plurality of rows, marked on the left side as KK, LL, MM, NN, OO, PP, QQ, RR, SS, TT, UU, VV, WW, and XX. The markings AA-XX for the columns and rows are used for explanation purposes in this application, and may not appear on thegame board 400 in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thegame board 400 has atop surface 401 shown inFIG. 12 and in part inFIG. 25 . - Each column, of columns AA-JJ, has a subset of the
plurality 412 of spaces and each row, of the rows KK-XX, includes a subset of the plurality ofspaces 412. InFIG. 12 , each of columns AA-JJ has fourteen spaces, and each of the rows KK-XX has ten spaces of the plurality ofspaces 412. In alternative embodiments, more columns and more rows than shown inFIG. 12 may be provided. However, to provide adequate spacing for player game pieces to run and get open for passes, it is preferred in one embodiment that the number of spaces in width be at least three times greater than the number of player game pieces on a team. For example, if there are three player game pieces on each side or team (in a three versus three game), then there should be at least nine spaces in width from asideline 420 e of theboard 400 to asideline 420 f of theboard 400. In one embodiment, ten spaces of width (of ten columns AA-JJ) are provided for teams with three player game pieces for each team. - The
game board 400 includes anouter boundary 420, which may enclose all of the plurality ofspaces 412, and which is a boundary for an American football field or field, image, or display 401 a of an American football field. Theouter boundary 420 includes anend line 420 a, anend line 420 d, and 420 e and 420 f. Asidelines line 420 b is provided which cuts a top end zone section above agoal line 416 in half, and aline 420 c is provided which cuts a bottom end zone section below agoal line 418, in half. - In at least one embodiment, the background color or the background shading for the plurality of
spaces 412 alternates by row or by a number of rows. The background shading or color of the plurality ofspaces 412 is an example of a characteristic of the plurality ofspaces 412. For example, as shown inFIG. 12 , rows WW and XX are shown with background hatching or shading, while the next set of rows UU and VV are shown with no background hatching or shading. Rows SS and TT are shown with background hatching or shading, rows QQ and RR are shown without background hatching or shading, rows OO and PP are shown with background hatching or shading, rows MM and NN are shown without background hatching or shading, and rows KK and LL are shown with background hatching or shading. The background hatching or shading may represent or may be replaced by a first color and the lack of background hatching or shading may represent or may be replaced by a second color which is substantially different from the first color. If spaces of rows OO and PP had a background color of any type of green, spaces of rows MM and NN would be colored substantially different if they had a background color of something which is not any type of green. - The spaces in rows KK and LL above the
top goal line 416, and the spaces in rows WW and XX below thebottom goal line 418 may have a background color or background shading which is different from the rows SS, TT, OO, and PP. In at least one embodiment of the present invention, the background shading or background color does not need to alternate but rather merely to change in some manner every row or every number of rows. For example, spaces ofspaces 412 in rows WW and XX would have the same or substantially the same first background color or background shading (such as in one example any type of green), spaces in rows UU and VV inFIG. 12 , should have a second background color or shading which is different (preferably substantially different, such as any non green color) from the first background color or shading in rows WW and XX, while spaces SS and TT can have a third background color or shading which differs from both the first background color or shading and the second. Similarly rows QQ and RR, may have a fourth background color or shading, rows OO and PP may have a fifth background color or shading, rows MM and NN may have a sixth background color or shading, and rows KK and LL may have a seventh background color or shading. All of the first through seventh background colors or shading may be different, or in other embodiments some of them may be the same, but typically two adjacent groupings of rows would not have the same background color or shading, so that there may be a change in background color or shading from one grouping or rows to an adjacent grouping of rows. A grouping of rows may be a slight change in coloration of spaces to form a checkerboard. For example, the grouping of rows WW and XX may have a checkerboard pattern of light green and dark green spaces ofspaces 412, while the adjacent grouping of rows, UU and VV may have a checkerboard pattern of light blue and dark blue spaces ofspaces 412. It is important in one or more embodiments that there be a clear change in characteristic of the spaces from one grouping of rows (or passing zone) to another. - The plurality of
spaces 412 includes a plurality offast spaces 414, such as thefast space 414 a. Each fast space is marked to indicate that it is a fast space. In one embodiment, a fast space is identified or marked by having a star symbol or some other graphic or graphic symbol in the space. For example thefast space 414 a is marked with the star symbol orgraphic symbol 415 a. Each of the other fast spaces offast spaces 414 is also marked with the same star symbol, as is thefast space 414 a, inFIG. 12 .FIG. 12 has fast spaces in the same locations and thus the same pattern as in the embodiment ofFIG. 1 , however other patterns may be possible, in other embodiments. - As in
FIG. 1 , inFIG. 12 there are alternating fast spaces in each even row from the top ofFIG. 12 and there are alternating fast spaces in each odd column from thesideline 420 e to thesideline 420 f. There are alternating fast spaces in columns AA, CC, EE, GG, and II, and there are no fast spaces in columns BB, DD, FF, HH, and JJ. There are alternating fast spaces in each even row of rows LL, NN, PP, RR, TT, VV, and XX from the top ofFIG. 12 and there are no fast spaces in each odd row of rows KK, MM, OO, QQ, SS, UU, and WW from the top ofFIG. 12 . This layout for the plurality offast spaces 414 allows a user of a football game and of thegame board 400 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention to easily move one or more player game pieces, when permitted to do so, from one fast space to another fast space during a move without counting the non-fast spaces in between the fast spaces. Typically, in at least one embodiment only some of a plurality of player game pieces are allowed to take advantage of the fast spaces, which effectively allows those player game pieces to move faster than other player game pieces. Fast player game pieces or “fast players” and slow player game pieces or non fast player game pieces or “slow players” may move as previously described with reference toFIGS. 1-11 . - The
game board 400 inFIG. 12 also includes 430 and 432. The goal posts 430 and 432 may be considered to be part of an image ofgoal posts football field 401 a although parts of 430 and 432 may lie outside ofgoal posts boundary 420. Thegoal post 430 includespost 430 a, connectingpiece 430 b,crossbar 430 c, and 430 d and 430 e. Theuprights goal post 432 includespost 432 a, connecting piece 432 b,crossbar 432 c, and 432 d and 432 e. Theuprights 430 c and 432 c are parallel to, and overlap thecrossbars 420 a and 420 d, respectively. Theend lines 430 d and 432 d overlap a line dividing columns DD and EE. The upright 430 e and 432 e overlap a line dividing columns FF and GG. The goal posts 430 a and 432 a are equidistant from theuprights 420 e and 420 f.ends lines - The
game board 400 inFIG. 12 also includes kickoff dashed 434 a and 434 b located on the yard lines identified by “30”, i.e. the “30” yard lines. The kickoff lines 434 a and 434 b may also be identified with the words “Kickoff” as shown both right side up and upside down so the words can be read by a person (who controls a first team) located on the side oflines end line 420 d and an opponent person (who controls opposing second team) located on the side ofend line 420 a. The kickoff lines 434 a and 434 b can be colored lines instead of dashed lines, such as yellow colored lines, to distinguish these lines from other lines separating rows KK-XX and columns AA-JJ. Thegame board 400 also includes “Kick or Snap” 436 a and 436 b. The “Kick” or “snap”column identifiers 436 a and 436 b may also be identified by the words “Kick” or “snap” right side up and upside down to show to one person (atcolumn identifiers end line 420 a) and his opponent (atend line 420 d). The 436 a and 436 b indicate the columns of AA-JJ where a ball device (such as 204 inidentifiers FIG. 2 orball device 710 inFIGS. 23A-B orball device 804 inFIG. 33 ), can be kicked or snapped from. InFIG. 12 , the ball designation device, such as 204 (FIG. 2 ) or 804 (FIGS. 33-35 ) should be kicked or snapped, on a regular offensive football play from a scrimmage line, on a field goal, or on a kickoff, from a space in columns EE or FF, which are the central columns ingame board 400. - On
game board 400 there are yard line markers with numbers. The lines between rows UU and VV are marked with the number “10” on both theleft sideline 420 e and theright side line 420 f and an arrow or triangular pointer to indicate in which direction the closest goal line is (in this case 418) of the two 416 and 418. Similarly, the lines between rows UU and TT, TT and SS, SS and RR, RR and QQ, QQ, and PP, PP and OO, OO and NN, and NN and MM, are marked withgoal lines 20, 30, 40, 50, 40, 30, 20, and 10, respectively, along with an appropriate arrow or triangular pointer. The yard line numbers may be printed on thenumbers board 400 or may be displayed on a computer monitor, such asmonitor 306 bycomputer processor 304 as programmed by a computer program incomputer memory 302 ofFIG. 11 . - In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the
game board 400 may be used in a three first team player game pieces versus three second team player game pieces football game, where only three player game pieces, from each team, are placed on theboard board 400 for any play. - In at least one embodiment, on an offensive turn of a play from a line of scrimmage, using the
game board 400 shown inFIG. 12 , each first team player game piece (on offense), which is not passing, pitching, kicking, or handing a ball designation device (such as 804 ofFIG. 33 ) off to another first team player game piece or blocking a second team player game piece (on defense), may make two moves. If a first team player game piece (on offense) has been designated as a “fast” player, the first team player game piece (on offense) may take advantage of the “fast” spaces in the manner previously described with respect toFIGS. 1-11 . If the first team player game piece (on offense) has not been designated a “fast” player then that player game piece cannot take advantage of the “fast” spaces, i.e. each space ofspaces 412 must be counted when moving. - In at least one embodiment, if a first team player game piece (on offense) is throwing, handing off, kicking, or pitching a ball device, such as
ball designation device 804 shown inFIG. 33 , then that player cannot move on that turn, but rather the ball device, such as 804, moves. - In at least one embodiment, if a first team player game piece (on offense) is receiving a pass, which has been thrown using a passing die, such as die 600 of
FIGS. 14A-B or passing dice then that first team player game piece (on offense) cannot move during the turn when the passing die or dice are used. - In at least one embodiment, if a first team player game piece (on offense) is receiving a pitch, handoff or pass without a passing die or passing dice being used, then that player game piece can move two moves minus any moves the ball device, such as ball device 804 (of
FIG. 33 ) has made, where theball device 804 moves only in straight lines (when not moved with the passing die or dice), and theball device 804 can otherwise take advantage of the fast spaces. - In at least one embodiment, if a first team player game piece (on offense) is blocking, the first team player piece (on offense) is allowed one push of one space of
spaces 412, which means the first team player game piece (on offense) and the opposing second team player game piece (on defense) that is being pushed move in one direction, and an offensive player game piece can only push a defensive player game piece that is in an adjacent space. - In at least one embodiment, each defensive player game piece (of whichever of the first or second teams is on defense) is allowed to move two moves per defensive turn. If designated a “fast” player, a defensive player game piece (of whichever team is on defense) can take advantage of the “fast” spaces. A defensive player game piece can execute a covering move as previously described with reference to
FIGS. 1-11 , in one embodiment, but cannot, in one embodiment, jump over or step on and over an offensive player game piece on one defensive turn. - In at least one embodiment, passing from a passer first team player game piece (on offense) to a receiver first team player game piece (on offense), using the
game board 400 ofFIG. 12 can be done as follows. A person can roll a passing die (such asFIG. 14A-B , 15A-B, 20A-B, or 21A-B), or otherwise generate a random number. If the random number is greater than or equal to the number of passing zones that theball device 804 must pass through in order to reach the receiver player game piece then the pass is complete (unless the receiver is covered by a defender, i.e. the defender occupies the same space as the intended receiver). For example, referring toFIG. 12 , if a passer player game piece is in the space (of spaces 412) in column FF and row TT, and a receiver game piece is in the space (of spaces 412) in column AA and row KK, then the person (whose team is on offense) must roll or otherwise generate a “4” in order to pass theball device 804 from the zone where SS and TT rows are to the zone where KK and LL rows are. On its way from the passer player game piece in column FF and row TT, theball device 804 would have to go one zone into a passing zone of rows QQ and RR, two zones into a passing zone of rows OO and PP, three zones into a passing zone of rows MM and NN, and four zones into a passing zone of rows KK and LL. There are thus four passing zone transitions, or substantial changes in color (or shading) as theball device 804 goes from the space in column FF and row TT to the space in column AA and row KK and thus a “4” (or greater is some embodiments) is needed on a passing die or other random generator to complete the pass. If less than “4” is generated, i.e. such as “1”, “2”, or “3”, then the pass, in one embodiment, is considered to be incomplete. - In at least one embodiment, the random number generator or die may include a non number designation that indicates that the pass is incomplete or the pass will be intercepted if a defensive player game piece is close enough to the intended receiver. In at least one embodiment, if an opposing player game piece (on defense) is in a space next to the intended first team receiver player game piece (on offense) and if the die is rolled and the non number designation comes up, then the pass is intercepted, and the defender player game piece next gets to move.
- In at least one embodiment, a kickoff can be done using a passing die (600, 610, 660 or 670, with “X” counted as 0) and a regular six sided die (620 or 630), while a field goal can be done using a regular six sided die, such as 620 in
FIG. 16A-16B or 630 inFIGS. 17A-17B , and a die which has six sides but has only three “2”'s and three “1”'s, so that either a “1” or a “2” is generated, such as 640 inFIGS. 18A-B or 650 inFIGS. 19A-B . This combination of dice is helpful to make the game seem more like football, since the farthest field goal possible will be “50” yards (a total roll of 8 will go overcross bar 430 c, when as inFIG. 33 ,ball designation device 804 starts in row RR (i.e. is at fifty yard line, sincefirst team 800 a-c is going towardsgoal line 416, and theball device 804 can be moved through the uprights, such as 430 d and 430 e or 432 d and 432 e and over the cross bars 430 c and 432 c, when an appropriate number is thrown using the dice. For example, theuprights ball device 804 may be located in row RR, at the fifty yard line facing thegoal post 430 in the column EE or FF (kicking or snap columns) as shown inFIG. 33 , in a situation where the line of scrimmage is the “50” yard line. A person may roll a regular die (620 or 630) in combination with a “1/2” die (640 or 650). The person may then move theball designation device 804 in a directly upwards vertical direction towards thegoal post 430 the number of spaces indicated by the regular die in combination with the 1/2 die. For example, if “six” and “2” came up on the two dice, then the person can move theball designation device 804, shown inFIG. 33 , from row RR column FF in a straight vertical upwards line up through the 430 d and 430 e and over theuprights cross bar 430 c to indicate that a field goal has been made. I.e. theball designation device 804 moves one space from row RR and column FF to row QQ and column FF, next one space to row PP and column FF, next one space to row OO and column FF, next one space to row NN and column FF, next one space to row MM and column FF, next one space to row LL and column FF, next one space to row KK and column FF, and next over thecross bar 430 c, for a total of eight spaces. A person would move the ball designation device along theimage 401 a of the football field on thegame board 400, and count each space. As in American football, if the field goal is good, then the team who made it gets three points. A scoring device, such as 518 inFIG. 13 , can be incremented by three to represent the three points. If less than seven had been rolled in this example, theball designation device 804 would not have made it over or past thecross bar 430 c and the field goal would be missed, no points for the player who kicked it, and possession is given to the other team. - Alternatively, the
single die 800 inFIGS. 42A-B marked “FG/PAT” can be rolled for field goals and extra points, in which case the longest field goal would be from a line of scrimmage at the “40” yard line closer to the goal post kicked towards then the opposite goal post. For kickoffs, alternatively, thesingle die 810 inFIGS. 43A-B marked “Kickoff” can be rolled for kickoffs. - In at least one embodiment of the present invention, after extensive testing, it has been found that a three on three version of the football game plays better if the team which is on offense is allowed two fast player game pieces (of its three player game pieces) and the opposing team which is on defense is allowed only one fast player game piece. (of its three player game pieces). It has also been found that the game plays better when each team is allowed to disguise which player game pieces are fast and which are slow.
-
FIG. 13 shows top view of afootball game board 500 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Thefootball game board 500 may include thegame board 400 described in detail with reference toFIG. 12 . - In addition, the
game board 500 may include a ball or ball designationdevice location indicator 501. Theball location indicator 501 may include atrack device 502 in which a slidingdevice 504 may slide to identify a line of scrimmage yard line location for a football or ball designation device, such as 804 inFIG. 33 , on thefootball field 401 a of thegame board 400, before the start of a play or after a play has concluded. Thetrack device 502 may include 502 a and 502 b, and may have arails slot 502 c. The 502 a and 502 b, and therails slot 502 c are parallel to the columns AA-JJ of theboard 400 and surface 400 a. The slidingdevice 504 includes a pointer ortriangular piece 506, having a point, tip orvertex 506 a located adjacent theend line 420 f. InFIG. 13 , the slidingdevice 504 has been placed in a location so that it points to the “50” yard line of the 400 or 400 a. The slidinggame board device 504 can be slid up and down in directions parallel to the columns AA-JJ, to put the point or tip 506 a, next to any of the 416, 418, the “50” yard line, any of the yard lines “10”, “20”, “30”, “40” nearer to thegoal lines goal line 416 than thegoal line 418, or any of the yard lines “10”, “20”, “30”, “40”, nearer to thegoal line 418 than 416. - The sliding
device 504 may include a top piece or portion, such as 513 shown inFIGS. 36A-F , which lies above and moves above the 502 a and 502 b, a bottom piece orrails portion 517 shown inFIGS. 36A-B , which lies underneath and moves underneath the 502 a and 502 b, and a connecting piece or portion, such as 515 shown inrails FIG. 36A-F which connects thetop piece 513 and thebottom piece 517 and which lies in theslot 502 c. - The sliding
device 504 may include a football down indicator (i.e. for first, second, third, or fourth down in a football game). The football down indicator may include a plurality of plates, such as including plates 507-511 shown inFIGS. 37A-C , 38A-C, 39A-C, 40A-C, and 41A-C, respectively. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the plates 507-511 may be held by loops, rings, or U shaped 512 and 514 which allow the plates to be flipped to change the football down, similar to what is done with a down marker in an actual American football game.fasteners -
FIGS. 37A-C , 38A-C, 39A-C, 40A-C, and 41A-C show side, top, and bottom views of 507, 508, 509, 510, and 511, respectively. As shown inplates FIGS. 37A-C ,plate 507 has atop surface 507 a which is blank and abottom surface 507 b on which is displayed “1” (for first down). As shown inFIGS. 38A-C ,plate 508 has atop surface 508 a on which is displayed “1” (for first down) and abottom surface 508 b on which is displayed “2” (for second down). As shown inFIGS. 39A-C ,plate 509 has atop surface 509 a on which is displayed “2” (for second down) and abottom surface 508 b on which is displayed “3” (for third down). As shown inFIGS. 40A-C ,plate 510 has atop surface 510 a on which is displayed “3” (for second down) and abottom surface 510 b on which is displayed “4” (for fourth down). As shown inFIGS. 41A-C ,plate 511 has atop surface 511 a on which is displayed “4” (for fourth down) and abottom surface 510 b which is blank. - Each of plates 507-511 has two holes into which the loops, or
512 and 514 are inserted to hold or attach the plates 507-511 to theU-shaped connectors portion 513, but allow the plates 507-511 to be flipped over so that either the top surface or the bottom surface of the appropriate plate can be viewed. For example, inFIG. 34 , theplate 507 has been flipped over (from the orientation shown inFIG. 36A-D so that inFIG. 34 ,surface 507 b can be viewed (i.e. is face up with respect totop surface 500 a of board 500) and thesurface 507 a is face down with respect to surface 500 a ofboard 500, so surface 507 a cannot be viewed. InFIG. 35 , theplate 508 has been flipped over (from the orientation shown inFIG. 34 so that inFIG. 35 ,surface 508 b can be viewed (i.e. is face up with respect to surface 500 a of board 500) and thesurface 508 a is face down with respect to surface 500 a ofboard 500, so surface 508 a cannot be viewed. By flipping over one or more of plates 507-511, the down can be changed from “1” (1st down), to “2” (2nd down), to “3” (third down), and to “4” (fourth down). - The
game board 500 also includes a firstteam score device 518 and a secondteam score device 516. InFIG. 13 , the 516 and 518 may include a plurality of flip plates which allow two digit scores from “00” to “99” for each team. Thedevices 516 and 518 may be or may be replaced by any scoring mechanism which allows for such scores, such as digital scoring mechanisms, rotary scoring mechanisms, or any other scoring mechanisms. Thedevices 516 and 518 may show one team's score or both teams' scores, so that both persons playing the game can easily view both teams' scores. Score keeping devices may be provided bydevices processor 524,memory 526, and acomputer display 520. - The
game board 500 may also include processor orcomputer processor 524, memory orcomputer memory 526, and display orcomputer display 520. Theprocessor 524 may be programmed by a computer program stored inmemory 526 to display a number indicating a quarter of an American football game, along with the designation of “Quarter” or an abbreviation of “Quarter” (such as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th quarter), and to display a time remaining in the particular quarter, along with a designation of “Clock” in thedisplay 520. For example, inFIG. 13 , “1” is displayed under the right side up designation of “Quarter”, indisplay portion 521 b, and “15:00” indicating fifteen minutes and zero seconds remaining, is displayed under the designation of “Clock”, indisplay portion 522 b on thedisplay 520. There is also an identical, but upside down version of the quarter and clock time which is simultaneously displayed, in 521 a and 522 a ondisplay portions display 520, so that both the person on theend line 420 a and the opponent person on theend line 420 d can easily see the quarter and the time remaining on the clock. - The
processor 524 is electronically connected to buttons or 528, 530, 532, 534 a, 534 b, 536, and 538. Theactuators 528, 530, 532, 534 a, 534 b, 536, and 538 may be push buttons and may be actuated by pushing them. Actuating or pushing,actuators actuator 528 causes the clock time displayed ondisplay 520 to stop. Actuating or pushing,actuator 538 causes the clock time displayed ondisplay 520 to run down. Actuating or pushing,actuator 530 causes the clock time displayed ondisplay 520 to be reset to fifteen minutes, and the quarter to be reset to “1” for the first quarter, in one embodiment.Actuating 530 in other embodiments, may cause the clock time to be set to different amounts of time, such as for example two, five, or ten minutes for shorter games. Actuating or pushingactuator 536 causes the clock time to be changed, such as immediately reduced, by a certain amount of time, such as a certain number of seconds. I.e. actuating theactuator 536 may cause the clock time to go from fifteen minutes “15:00”, to “14:45”, i.e. the clock time in this example is immediately changed (lowered) by fifteen seconds.Actuator 534 a can be used to set the minutes of the clock time to a certain amount, whileactuator 534 b can be used to set the seconds of the clock to a certain amount. For example, holding downactuator 534 a may cause the minutes to cycle through from “0” through “15”, and holding downactuator 534 b may cause the seconds to cycle through from “00” to “59”, until the respective actuators are released and then the minutes or seconds are set. - The
processor 524 may also be electronically connected to buttons or 560, 548, 546, 544 a, 544 b, 542, and 540, which may perform the same or similar functions to theiractuators 528, 530, 532, 534 a, 534 b, 536, and 538, respectively. Two sets of actuators may be used, in at least one embodiment, so that the person nearcounterparts end line 420 a (controlling first team) and the person nearend line 420 d (controlling second team), may each have a set of actuators, which are labelled facing the appropriate person. - In at least one embodiment, the
game board 400 may be displayed oncomputer monitor 306, in which case, theprocessor 304 and the memory 302 (FIG. 11 ) may perform the functions ofprocessor 524 andmemory 526. Alternatively thegame board 400 may be printed on a backing, such as a cardboard backing ofgame board 500, and in this case theprocessor 524,memory 526, and 560, 548, 546, 544 a, 544 b, 542, and 540, 528, 530, 532, 534 a, 534 b, 536, and 538, may be physically attached along with connective wiring to the backing of theactuators game board 500, so thatgame board 400 occupies one space on the backing ofgame board 500 and theprocessor 524,memory 526 and actuators occupy another space on the game backing as shown byFIG. 13 . -
FIGS. 14A-14B show perspective views of a type of a passingdie 600. In at least one embodiment, the passing die 600 is labeled on each side with the designation “Pass” typically permanently fixed thereon such as by printing. The passing die 600 is a solid six sided cube.FIG. 14A shows a top, front, and right side perspective view of the passingdie 600.FIG. 14B shows a bottom, rear, and left side perspective view of the passingdie 600. The passing die 600 has top, front, right, bottom, rear, and left surfaces. The top surface of thedie 600 has printed on it or otherwise fixed thereon, such as permanently fixed thereon, an “X” which when it comes up on a roll ofdie 600 indicates that a pass will either be incomplete or intercepted. The front, right, bottom, rear, and left surfaces of thedie 600 have printed on them or otherwise fixed thereon, such as permanently fixed thereon, a “5”, “3”, “1”, “4”, and “2”, respectively, and the number that comes up on a roll ofdie 600 indicates that a ball designation device, such asball designation device 804 shown inFIGS. 33-35 can move up to that number of passing zones on a pass. -
FIGS. 15A-14B show perspective views of a type of a passingdie 610. The passing die is also labeled with a designation of “Pass”. The passing die 610 may be the same as the passing die 600 except that one dot, two dots, three dots, four dots, and five dots, forFIGS. 15A-B , are shown in place of “1”, “2”, “3”, “4”, and “5”, respectively, inFIGS. 14A-14B . -
FIGS. 16A-16B show perspective views of a known sixsided die 620. Thedie 620 is a solid six sided cube.FIG. 16A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the knowndie 620.FIG. 16B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the knowndie 620. -
FIGS. 17A-17B show perspective views of a known sixsided die 630. Thedie 630 is a solid six sided cube.FIG. 17A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of the knowndie 630.FIG. 17B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of the knowndie 630. -
FIGS. 18A-18B show perspective views of a type of one/two (1/2) die 640 which can be rolled in an embodiment of the present invention along with either die 620 or 630 for kicking field goals. Alternatively the combination of a known die, such as 620 or 630 and a 1/2 die may be replaced by one die with numbers from one through eight, or with some other random number generator that randomly generates one of whole numbers one through eight for field goal kicking. In other embodiment, a lower or higher maximum number, rather than eight, may be used, to lower the maximum possible length of field goals kicked or increase the maximum possible length of field goals kicked. - The
die 640 is a solid six sided cube.FIG. 18A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of thedie 640.FIG. 18B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of thedie 640. Thedie 640 has top, front, right, bottom, rear, and left surfaces, which have printed thereon or otherwise fixed thereto the numbers “2”, “2”, “1”, “1”, “1”, and “2”, so that there is a fifty percent chance of rolling a “2” and a fifty percent chance of rolling a “1” withdie 640. - The
die 650 is the same as thedie 640 except that the numbers “2”, “2”, “1”, “1”, “1”, and “2”, have been replaced with two dots, two dots, one dot, one dot, one dot, and two dots, respectively. -
FIGS. 20A-20B show perspective views of a passingdie 660. Thedie 660 is labelled with the designation of “Pass”. The passing die 660 may be the same as the passing die 600 except that the “5” number has been replaced with “0”. If thedie 660 is used theball designation device 804 can only move up to a maximum of four passing zones (when a “4” is rolled with die 660), while if die 600 is used theball designation device 204 can be moved up to a maximum of five passing zones (when a “5” is rolled with die 600). Other number arrangements or dot arrangements can be used, in other embodiments, to decrease or increase the maximum number of passing zones that theball designation device 204 can move through on a pass. -
FIGS. 21A-21B show perspective views of a passingdie 670 which is the same as passing die 660, except dots are used in place of numbers. -
FIGS. 22A-2D show perspective views of aplayer game piece 700.FIG. 22E shows a cross sectional view of theplayer game piece 700.FIGS. 22F-2G show bottom and top views of theplayer game piece 700. Theplayer game piece 700 can be used for any one of the first team player game pieces 200 a-c or the second team player game pieces 202 a-c shown inFIGS. 2-9 or the first teamplayer game pieces 800 a-c or the second team player game pieces 802 a-c shown inFIGS. 33-35 . Theplayer game piece 700 can be placed on and used on thegame board 100 shown inFIG. 1 , thegame board 400, and thegame board 500, in conjunction with some or all of the rules for an American football game as described herein in this application. - The
player game piece 700 includes a peripheral,cylindrical wall 702, anupper surface 706, and alower surface 704. Theplayer game piece 700, includes anattachment device 706 a and anattachment device 704 a. Theperipheral wall 702 surrounds an upper cavity orindentation 705 near theupper surface 706. Theperipheral wall 702 surrounds a lower cavity orindentation 703 near thelower surface 704. There is asymbol 707, such as a football helmet, on theupper surface 706 to indicate thatplayer game piece 700 represents a football player. Thesymbol 707 may be colored a first color and/or decorated with a first design for the first team, and colored a second color (different from the first) and/or decorated a second design (different from the first) for the second team. Symbols or designs specific to each team may also be placed on an exterior 702 a of theperipheral wall 702. -
FIGS. 23A-23B show perspective views of a football game piece orball designation device 710. Theball designation device 204 ofFIG. 2-10 , or 804 ofFIGS. 33-35 , may be or may be replaced by theball designation device 710. Theball designation device 710 may be a solid piece, having a football or elliptical outer shape. Thedevice 710 may have atop surface 712 and abottom surface 714.FIGS. 24A-24B show perspective views of a “fast”player indicator 720. Theindicator 720 may be a solid piece which may be circular. Theindicator 720 may have atop surface 722, abottom surface 724, and abody 726. The word “Fast” may be printed on or otherwise permanently fixed on thesurface 724. -
FIG. 25 shows a cross sectional view of the “fast”player indicator 720 ofFIGS. 24A-24B and theball designation device 710 ofFIGS. 23A-23B attached to theplayer game piece 700 ofFIGS. 22A-22G . In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, theball designation device 710 and theattachment device 706 a of theplayer game piece 700 may attach to each other by magnetic force. For example, theball designation device 710 may be a magnet or may be a metal (which is attracted by a magnet) while theattachment device 706 a may be metal (which is attracted by a magnet) or magnet, so that 710 and 706 a are held together by magnetic force. Alternatively, other attachment devices can be used, fordevices example device 710 may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion, whiledevice 706 a may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion which attaches to and detaches fromdevice 710. Similarly, theindicator 720 and theattachment device 704 a may attach to each other by magnetic force. For example, theindicator 720 may be a magnet or may be a metal (which is attracted by a magnet) while theattachment device 704 a may be metal (which is attracted by a magnet) or magnet, so that theindicator 720 and theattachment device 704 a are held together by magnetic force. Alternatively, other attachment devices can be used, forexample indicator 720 may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion, whiledevice 704 a may be a Velcro (trademarked) portion, such as a hook and/or loops portion which attaches to and detaches fromdevice 720. - In accordance with a method of an embodiment of the present invention, the
player game piece 700 is placed on thetop surface 401 of the game board 400 (or thegame board 100 or 500) with the ball designation device 710 (which may be the same as 204 or 804) attached to theattachment device 706 a and theindicator 720 attached to theattachment device 704 a. Thesurface 724 showing the designation “Fast” is completely hidden from view by a combination of theperipheral wall 702 and theboard 400. Theindicator 720 is attached to theattachment device 704 so that the “Fast” designation on thesurface 724 can be seen, by taking theplayer game piece 710 off of the board 4100 and flipping theplayer game piece 710 over to see thesurface 724, without removing theindicator 720 from theplayer game piece 710. In this manner, a hidden indicator can be associated or not associated, such as by being attached or not attached to theplayer game piece 710 to indicate whethergame piece 710 is a “fast” player which can take advantage of the fast spaces such as 114 or 414, as previously described with reference toFIG. 1 andFIG. 12 , respectively. When playing a football game in accordance with an embodiment, of the present invention, a first person, controlling the first team, and a second person controlling the opposing second team, may thus secretly associate or not associate fast designations, such as by attaching or not attaching “fast” indicators, such as 720, to each player game piece (such as each of player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c previously described forFIG. 2-10 or 800 a-c and 802 a-c ofFIGS. 33-35 ) to determine whether each is a “fast” player. In at least one embodiment, if a “fast”indicator 720 is not attached, then the player game piece may be considered to be “slow”, i.e. cannot take advantage of the fast spaces 114 (FIG. 1 ) or 414 (FIG. 12 ). - The
player game piece 700 may have theball designation device 710 attached and thus may be a ball carrier. (i.e. may be the quarterback with the ball, or a running back with the ball, or any other player game piece in active possession of the ball). In at least one embodiment, theindicator 720 is separate from theball designation device 710, such that the ball carrier may be designated a “fast” player or a “slow” player. - The “fast”
indicator 720 is shown as a removable or detachable piece as described with reference toFIG. 24B andFIG. 25 . However, in some embodiments, theindicator 720 may be permanently attached to theplayer game piece 710 in the hidden position shown inFIG. 25 . In such embodiments, all of a team's player game pieces would have the same appearance except for thesurface 724, which would indicate a “fast” player for some of the team's player game pieces, and would have no indicator or would indicate a “slow” player for others of the team's player game pieces. In an embodiment where “fast” indicators or designations are permanently attached, the first team typically would need four first team player game pieces (although only three would play on the board, such as board 400) and the second team would also need four second team player game pieces (although only three would play on the board, such as board 400). This is because when one team is on offense it would be able to use two fast players, with one slow player, while on defense it would need two slow players, with one fast player. Thus four player game pieces would be needed for each team (when they are permanently marked in at least one embodiment) although only three play for each team on theboard 400. Four player game pieces, for each team can be provided with a game board, such as 400 in a kit for an embodiment of the present application. - However, because of the fact that typically there are only three player game pieces for each team on the top surfaces of the
100 or 400 when playing the game, because of manufacturing defects from player game piece to player game piece (i.e. difficulties in getting the player game pieces to exactly resemble each other), and potential scratches, smudges, irregularities, or other disfigurements which over time would make player game pieces on the same team look somewhat different, it is preferred that the “fast”game boards indicator 720 be a removable or detachable indicator, or otherwise changeable indicator. In this manner it will be virtually impossible for the opposing team to guess which of the other team's player game pieces are “fast” and which are “slow”. -
FIGS. 26A-26C show perspective views of anotherplayer game piece 730 which can be used for any of the player game pieces 200 a-c and 202 a-c referred to inFIG. 2-10 , or 800 a-c and 802 a-c ofFIGS. 33-35 , on any of the 100 or 400. Thegame boards player game piece 730 may be the same as theplayer game piece 700 except as will be described. Theplayer game piece 730 may include aperipheral wall 732, atop surface 734, and abottom surface 736.FIG. 26A shows a top perspective view, whileFIGS. 26B and 26C show bottom perspective views from the front and rear respectively. As shown inFIGS. 26B-26C , theperipheral wall 732 may have aninner surface 738 from which an annular ridge or protruding ridge or bump 738 a extends into acavity 739 which is surrounded by theperipheral wall 732. -
FIGS. 27A-2C show bottom, top, perspective, and cross sectional views of a removable attachment device orindicator 740 for indicating a fast player or fast player game piece. The device orindicator 740 includes abottom surface 742 and atop surface 749 on which the designation “Fast” is located. Thedevice 740 includes abody portion 744 which having alip 744 a, anindentation 744 b, and alip 744 c, all of which may be cylindrical or substantially cylindrical. Thedevice 740 also includes anindented portion 746, and aportion 748, each of which may also be cylindrical or substantially cylindrical. The location of 746 and 744 b are shown by dashed lines inportions FIG. 27B , but typically would not be visible from that view. -
FIG. 28A shows a cross sectional view of theplayer game piece 730 and the attachment device orindicator 740. -
FIG. 28B shows a cross sectional view of theplayer game piece 730 and theattachment device 740 for indicating a fast player, which has been attached to theplayer game piece 730. Theattachment device 740 has been attached to thegame piece 730 so that theannular ridge 738 a of thegame piece 730 lies inside of or fits within the indentation orgap 744 b of theindicator 744 thereby holding theindicator 740 to thegame piece 730. Each of theridge 738 a and theindentation 744 b may be considered to be an attachment device. Theindicator 740 may alternatively have a ridge and thegame piece 730 may have an indentation. The 748, 746, andportions gap 746 a shown inFIG. 27B are used to allow theindicator 740 to be easily detached or removed from thegame piece 730 to change from “fast” back to “slow” (where “slow” may be indicated by nofast indicator 740 attached to 730). A coin or fingernail may be wedged between 748 and 744 to pry theportion indicator 740 free from theplayer game piece 730. -
Player game piece 730 is shown placed on asurface 401 of thegame board 400 so that theindicator 740 is completely hidden and the “fast” indication onsurface 749 is hidden. Thegame piece 730 may be lifted off of theboard 400 and the “fast” indicator onsurface 749 may be looked at by turning thepiece 730 over, without removing theindicator 740. -
FIGS. 29A-29D show front top, rear top, front bottom, and rear bottom perspective views of aplayer game piece 750 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Theplayer game piece 750 is the same as theplayer game piece 730 ofFIGS. 26A-C , except that anannular ridge 751 a has also been provided extending from aninner surface 751, into atop cavity 739 a, which can be used to removably attach a ball designation device, such as 204. The 204 or 804 may be or may be replaced by aball designation device ball designation device 760 which is shown inFIG. 30A . Theball designation device 760 may have a football appearance symbol or coloring on atop surface 769, but otherwise may be similar to or the same as the indicator ordevice 740 referred to inFIGS. 27A-D . - The
player game piece 750 may include atop surface 754, aperipheral wall 752, and abottom surface 756. Theplayer game piece 750 may include anannular ridge 758 a extending from aninner surface 758 into alower cavity 739 b. -
FIG. 30A shows a cross sectional view of theplayer game piece 750 ofFIGS. 29A-D and two 760 and 740, 740 for indicating a “fast” player and 760 for indicating a ball designation device, such as 204, with the two attachment devices not attached.attachment devices FIG. 30B shows a cross sectional view of theplayer game piece 750 ofFIGS. 29A-D and the two attachment devices, 740 and 760 shown inFIG. 30A , with the two attachment devices attached. As inFIG. 28B , thesurface 749 showing the “fast” indication is hidden by a peripheral wall, in thiscase 752, and thegame board 400. -
FIGS. 31A-C show top, bottom, and top perspective views of atoggle device 770 which can be set to either indicate a “fast” player or a “slow player”.FIG. 31A shows thetoggle device 770 is a first state in which it has been set to display a “Fast” designation.FIG. 31C shows thetoggle device 770 is a second state in which it has been set to display a “Slow” designation. Thetoggle device 770 may be a mechanical or electrical toggle switch. Thetoggle device 770 may include a button oractuator 774 which can be pressed or otherwise actuated to change the designation displayed on adisplay 772 from one state to another. If thedisplay 772 shows “Fast”, pressing thebutton 774 causes thedisplay 772 to change to showing “Slow”. If thedisplay 772 shows “Slow”, pressing thebutton 774 causes thedisplay 772 to change to showing “Fast”. -
FIG. 32 shows thetoggle device 770 ofFIGS. 31A-C attached to aplayer game piece 780. Theplayer game piece 780 may be similar or the same asplayer game piece 700 except as will be described. Theplayer game piece 780 may have anupper surface 786, aperipheral wall 782, and alower surface 784. Thetoggle device 770 may be permanently attached to thelower surface 784. Thedisplay 772 is hidden by thewall 782 and thegame board 400, when theplayer game piece 780 with the attachedtoggle device 770 is placed on thegame board 400. Thegame piece 780 can be lifted off of the game board and the display can be looked at to determine if thegame piece 780 has been designated as a fast or slow player. -
FIG. 33 , shows a top view of thegame board 500 which includes thegame board 400 previously described with reference toFIGS. 12 and 13 , and with first team 800 a, 800 b, and 800 c and second teamplayer game pieces 802 a, 802 b, and 802 c, placed on theplayer game pieces surface 401 of theboard 400, in an initial offensive play setup state. The first teamplayer game pieces 800 a-c are placed so that they are on one side of a line of scrimmage, which is the “50” yard line in this case (the line between row QQ and RR), and the second team player game pieces 802 a-c are placed so that they are on another side of the line of scrimmage (the “50” yard line) at the start of an offensive play for the first team. In one embodiment, after the offensive team (the team with ball designation device 804) has placed and set its player game pieces, the second team (the team without the ball designation device 804), in one embodiment may change or set its player game pieces. Each of theplayer game pieces 800 a-c and 802 a-c have been placed in a separate space of the plurality ofspaces 412, so that each piece lies in one space and does not extend into another space ofspaces 412. -
FIG. 33 shows that the slidingdevice 504 has been placed in a location on thegame board 500 so that the tip orvertex 506 a is thetriangular piece 506 points to and is adjacent to the “50” yard line, identifying the current line of scrimmage for the current offensive play.FIG. 33 shows quarter displays 521 a and 521 b (521 a is upside down so it can be seen by the person playing the game nearend line 420 a, while 521 b is right side up so it can be seen by the opponent person playing the game nearend line 420 d). The quarter displays 521 a and 512 b both show the number “1” indicating the first quarter of an American football game, which typically lasts four quarters.FIG. 33 also shows that clock displays 522 a and 522 b ofdisplay 520 are currently displaying “15:00” which stands for fifteen minutes and zero seconds. Display 522 a is upside down and display 522 b is right side up to be viewed by persons playing the game, at 420 a and 420 d, respectively.end line - In at least one embodiment, two or up to two player game pieces of the offensive player game pieces (i.e. two of 800 a-c, for the
FIGS. 33-35 example) can be designated “fast” players. The offensive player game pieces are the game pieces of the team with the ball orball designation device 804, which for the offensive play shown inFIGS. 33-35 , would beplayer game pieces 800 a-c. For example,player game pieces 800 a-b may have been designated as fast players by the first person controlling the first team while 800 c may have been designated as slow. - In at least one embodiment, only one player game piece of the defensive player game pieces (i.e. only one of 802 a-c in the example of
FIGS. 33-35 ) can be a “fast” player. For example, 802 c may have been designated as a fast player by the second person controlling the second team while 802 b-c may have been designated as slow. Player game pieces are designated as “fast” or “slow” prior to an offensive play starting and retain whatever designation they started with during an entire offensive play. An offensive play, which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns, typically begins with an offensive turn and may end with a defensive player game piece landing on the same space ofspaces 412 as the offensive player game piece that is carrying theball designation device 804, with an incomplete pass, with an offensive player game piece going out of bounds intentionally, with an offensive player game piece that is carrying theball designation device 804 crossing the goal line of the other team (for a touchdown, for six points for offense), such asgoal line 416 in this example, for a touchdown, or with a successful or unsuccessful field goal attempt. - After extensive testing, the inventor has determined that allowing the defense only one “fast” player, while allowing the offensive team two (or up to two) fast players, in a three versus three game, provides a better game because it allows the offense enough of an advantage to be able to pass or run the ball, and be able to score. If the offense and the defense were allowed the same number of fast players, the offense would have a very difficult time scoring and moving the ball.
- An individual player game piece, such as any one of
player game pieces 800 a-c and 802 a-c, may have a “fast” designation associated with it or not associated with it. For example any ofplayer game pieces 800 a-c or 802 a-c may be set to be a “fast” player, may be changed to a “fast” player, or may permanently be a “fast” player, using the appropriate devices or methods, referred to inFIGS. 22A-D , 24A-D, 25, 26A-C, 27A-D, 28A-B, 29A-D, 30A-B, 31A-C, and 32. Each person (of the two human persons playing the game) may set or change his player game pieces to “fast” or “slow” in secret so that the opposing person controlling the other team cannot see which player game pieces of the opposing team are “fast” or “slow” just prior to the player game pieces being placed on theboard 400, such as the placement shown inFIG. 33 , before a start of an offensive play. Alternatively, each person (of the two human persons playing the game) may switch player game pieces in secret, if the player game pieces are identical or substantially identical except for a “fast” or “slow” designation which is hidden, without the opposing person knowing which players are “fast” or “slow”. - The designation for “fast” or “slow” player game piece does not have to include the word “fast” or “slow” but rather can be, for example, a number, letter, color, or anything else to indicate “fast” or “slow”. For example a fast player game piece may have the number “1” designation or a blue color in a hidden location, to signify a fast player game piece and a “slow” player game piece may have a number “0” designation or a red color, respectively, in a hidden location to signify a slow player game piece.
- In this manner, the first person controlling the first team, does not know that 802 c, in this example, is a fast player or that 802 a-b are slow players, and the second person controlling the second team does not know that 800 a-b are fast players and 800 c is a slow player, unless the appropriate piece of 800 a-c and 802 a-c is picked up off of the
board 400 and turned over to reveal the presence or absence of a “fast” or “slow” indicator or designation. - When a person wants to move his player game piece by taking advantage of “fast” spaces, he or she must reveal that his player game piece is a fast player. For example, if the first person wants to move 800 a from row RR, column CC in
FIG. 33 , on one offensive turn, first to the fast space in row PP, column CC, and then to the fast space in row NN, column AA, then the person must show that 800 a is a fast player. In at least one embodiment, on a non pass play and non transfer ofball designation device 804 play, on one team's turn, each player game piece can be moved up to two moves, but a fast player can go from one fast space of 414 (marked with star) to another adjacent fast space (marked with star) on one move, while a slow player can only go from one space to the next adjacent space of 412 on one move. Thus effectively a “fast” player can move four spaces ofspaces 412 on two fast moves, while a “slow” player can only move two spaces ofspaces 412 on two regular or slow moves. - After the offensive team's turn (i.e. the turn of the team with the ball designation device 804), the defensive team can move its players up to two moves each, with its one fast player, in this
case 802 c being able to make “fast” moves. -
FIG. 34 shows a top view of thegame board 500 which includes thegame board 400 previously described with reference toFIGS. 12 and 13 , and with the first team 800 a, 800 b, and 800 c and with the second teamplayer game pieces 802 a, 802 b, and 802 c, placed on theplayer game pieces surface 401 of thegame board 400, so that thepieces 800 a-c have been moved from their initial setup state inFIG. 33 , after a first offensive turn and a first defensive turn. The offensiveplayer game pieces 800 a-b have been moved two moves each, for the first offensive turn, and the defensive player game pieces 802 a-b have been moved two moves each, for the first defensive turn, which follows the first offensive turn, to change from theFIG. 33 state to theFIG. 34 state. - The
player game piece 800 a was designated a “fast” piece and for its first move was moved from row RR, column CC to row PP, column CC (a “fast” move) and then for its second move was moved from row PP, column CC to row NN, column AA (also a “fast” move). Theplayer game piece 800 b was moved from row RR, column FF to row SS, column FF for its first move, and from row SS, column FF to row TT, column FF for its second move. Note that although theplayer game piece 800 b was designated a “fast” player game piece or player, it did not take advantage of the fast spaces. Theplayer game piece 800 c, which was not designated a fast player, has been moved firstly from row RR, column II, to row QQ, column JJ, and the on its second move from row QQ, column JJ to row PP, column JJ. - After the offensive player game pieces have moved for the first offensive turn, the defensive player game pieces can be moved. The
player game piece 802 a, which was not designated a “fast” player game piece, has been moved from row NN, column DD to row NN, column CC on its first move, and then to row NN, column BB on its second move. Theplayer game piece 802 b, not designated a “fast” player has been moved from row QQ, column FF to row PP, column EE on its first move, and then row OO, column DD on its second move. Theplayer game piece 802 c, designated a “fast” player, has been moved from row NN, column HH to row NN, column II on its first move, and then to row NN, column JJ on its second move. Since theplayer game piece 802 c has not made a fast move (i.e. has not gone from one fast space to the next adjacent fast space, vertically, horizontal, or diagonally) without counting intervening non fast spaces) the person controllingplayer game piece 802 c does not have to reveal that 802 c is a “fast” player. - In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the
ball designation device 804 is not allowed to cross the line of scrimmage (which in this example is the “50” yard line), on the first offensive turn of an regular offensive play from scrimmage (i.e. not a punt, kick, field goal attempt, or extra point attempt). - After the first offensive turn and the first defensive turn, shown by the change from the state of
FIG. 33 to the state ofFIG. 34 , if the person controlling the team on offense wants to pass theball designation device 804 using a passing die, in at least one embodiment, the person controlling the offense uses his or her entire second offensive turn to roll a passing die, such as for example one of passing dies 14A-15B or 20A-21B, and none of theplayer game pieces 800 a-c are moved. The person, controlling the offensive team must indicate, in at least one embodiment, which person is being passed to prior to rolling the passing die (one of 600, 610, 660, or 670). For example, let's say thatplayer game piece 800 a is the receiver game piece being passed to inFIG. 34 . For theball designation device 804 to be passed from passerplayer game piece 800 b, which is in the passing zone of rows SS and TT (where spaces of 412 have substantially the same background color or shading), to the receiverplayer game piece 800 a, which is in the passing zone of rows MM and NN, theball designation device 804 must go from the passing zone of rows SS and TT, to the passing zone of rows QQ and RR, next to the passing zone of rows OO and PP, and finally to the passing zone of rows MM and NN. Every time there is a passing zone transition there is a count of one. So it takes a rolled “3” or more on the particular passing die used (for example one of 600, 610, 660 or 670) for a completed pass fromplayer game piece 800 b toplayer game piece 800 a inFIG. 34 , i.e. to transfer theball designation device 804 from 800 b to 800 a, as moved along the image offootball field 401 a, in a single direction, through the three passing zone transitions. If the roll of the passing die comes up “2” or less than the pass is incomplete. If the roll of the passing die comes up “X”, then the ball is intercepted by the defensiveplayer game piece 802 a because the defensiveplayer game piece 802 a is in a space ofspaces 412 which is adjacent the space thereceiver game piece 800 a is in. The ball also would have been intercepted if the defensiveplayer game piece 802 a was in the space in row MM, column AA, the space in row MM, column BB, the space in row OO, column AA, the space in row OO, column BB, or on top ofpiece 800 a in the space in row NN column AA (a covering move). If no defensive player game piece (of pieces 802 a-c) was adjacent to the intended receiver or in the same space as the receiver, then the pass would be incomplete when an “X” is rolled using the appropriate passing die, in at least one embodiment. - Assuming a player game piece, such as 800 a in
FIG. 34 , is in a space ofspaces 412 which is next to either sideline 420 e orsideline 420 f, the player game piece may use its next move to step out of bounds. This may be used to end an offensive play and to prevent a clock time remaining display from running down on a clock device in between offensive plays as will be explained. During an interception teams alternate turns as before, with two moves for each player game piece. Player game pieces, of 800 a-c and 802 a-c, retain the “fast” or “slow” designations, set at the start of an offensive play, for the duration of the offensive play, which may include one or more offensive turns and one or more defensive turns, and typically would include any interception. - The clock displays 522 a and 522 b show “14:50” which stands for fourteen minutes and fifty seconds in
FIG. 34 . In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, for every offensive turn or for every play or offensive play (and in some embodiments for every offensive turn and for every defensive turn) the clock displays 522 a and 522 b are changed by a predetermined amount of time, such as a predetermined plurality of seconds. The person controlling the team on offense (or on defense in some embodiments) may press or otherwise actuate theactuator 536 to cause the clock displays 522 a and 522 b to immediately change by having the time remaining displayed immediately reduced a plurality of seconds. In the example, shown byFIG. 34 , the clock displays 522 a and 522 b have been immediately changed to be ten seconds lower (i.e. clock displays do not count down in response toactuator 536 but are immediately changed from “15:00” to “14:50”) in response to the actuation ofactuator 536. In at least one embodiment, in contrast to regular American football, the clock displays 522 a-b do not run down during an offensive play (i.e. they do not count down one second at a time for every corresponding second in time, during an offensive play), but rather are immediately changed, so they are reduced a predetermined plurality of seconds in response toactuator 536. Instead ofactuator 536, theprocessor 304 may be programmed to automatically immediately reduce the time remaining displayed on 522 a and 522 b by a predetermined plurality of seconds after a play, an offensive play, an offensive turn, or a defensive turn.displays - In at least one embodiment, the clock displays 522 a-b may be run (i.e. count down one second for every second in time) in response to actuation of the
run clock actuator 538. Therun clock actuator 538 may be actuated to allow the clock to run in between offensive plays if that is typically done in American football (i.e. while no play is occurring, the three offensive and three defensive player game pieces are typically not all on thegame board 400 or the play has ended, and the two opponent individuals are deciding where to put their player game pieces initially on thegame board 400 before a play or deciding which player game pieces to designate as “fast” or “slow” players). For example, ifgame piece 800 a catches a pass and thendefensive game piece 802 a lands on the same space as 800 a (in row NN, column AA ofFIG. 34 ) then the play is over, and therun clock actuator 538 may be actuated to cause the clock to run since the ball carrier was tackled in bounds, which is when the clock would typically run in American Football. The clock displays 522 a and 522 b may for example, run down to “14:23” as shown inFIG. 35 . The clock displays 522 a-b may run down a maximum number of seconds, such as thirty-five seconds, between plays, so that the offense can't delay the game. In at least one embodiment, the person controlling the offensive player game pieces, would actuate or press thestop clock actuator 528 when the offensive player game pieces, such as 800 a-c have been initially set for the next offensive play from scrimmage. In this manner the offense can run much less than the maximum, of for example, thirty-five seconds, between offensive plays, by simply quickly setting its offensive player game pieces, in thiscase 800 a-c on thegame board 400 for the next offensive play. In at least one embodiment the defense does not control the running of the clock, and how long the defense takes to initially set its game pieces prior to the running of an offensive play, in this case game pieces 802 a-c, will not affect the time run off the clock displays 522 a-b. - If the offense decided to kick a field goal from the position shown in
FIG. 33 , then the person controlling the offense may simply roll a regular six side die, such as 620 ofFIGS. 16A-B or 630 ofFIGS. 17A-B , along with a “1/2” die such as 640 ofFIGS. 18A-B or 650 ofFIGS. 19A-B , and move theball designation device 804 from one side of the line of scrimmage in a straight line in a column in one direction towards a goal post in accordance with the number rolled. Alternatively the “FG/PAT”single die 800 ofFIG. 42A can be used. During regular offensive plays (non kicks), the offense may not be allowed to move theball designation device 804 over the line of scrimmage on the first offensive turn, however during a field goal, the offense, in one embodiment is permitted to move theball designation device 804 over the line of scrimmage on its first offensive turn, before the defense has moved. In at least one embodiment, on a field goal attempt or play, the defensive player game pieces may not be moved. On a field goal attempt, theball designation device 804 is moved, in a single direction, along the image offootball field 401 a, in one column of theboard 400, the total of the regular die and the “1/2” die or the number of thedie 800 ofFIGS. 42A-B . So for example, if a six and a two come up on the roll of the two dice, then theball designation device 804 can be moved eight as follows: from the space in row RR, column FF inFIG. 33 , to the space in row QQ, column FF, next to the space in row PP, column FF, next to the space in row OO, column FF, next to the space in row NN, column FF, next to the space in row MM, column FF, next to the space in row LL, column FF, next to the space in row KK, column FF, and next over thecross bar 430 c for a successful field goal. If a combination roll of seven or less was rolled for regular die (620 or 630) and the “1/2” die (640 or 650) then the field goal would have been unsuccessful. -
FIGS. 36A-D show front, rear, left side, and right side views of a slidingdevice 504 for use with thegame board 500 ofFIG. 13 , with the slidingdevice 504 in a state. The slidingdevice 504 includes 507, 508, 509, 510, and 511, ring, U-shaped or loop shapedplates 512 and 514,fasteners pointer 506 having edge, tip, orvertex 506 a,base plate 513, connectingmember 515, andbase plate 517. In the state ofFIGS. 36A-D plates 507-511 are stacked on top of each other in one stack such that only thetop surface 507 a ofplate 507 can be seen from a top view. As shown inFIG. 37B , thetop surface 507 a may be blank, i.e. have no number.FIGS. 36A-B also showrails 502 a-b, and a portion ofgame board 500 and surface 500 a.FIG. 36C showsrail 502 a, a portion ofgame board 500 and surface 500 a, whileFIG. 36D showsrails 502 b and a portion ofgame board 500 and surface 500 a. - The sliding
device 504 slides alongslot 502 c andrails 502 a-b on thetop surface 500 a of thegame board 500 as shown by referring toFIG. 13 andFIGS. 36A-D . The U-shaped connectors or 512 and 514 hold or connectfasteners 507, 508, 509, 510, and 511 to portion orplates base 513. The 512 and 514 and the plates 507-511 may be considered to be part of a football down indicator, which indicates whether the team on offense is on its first, second, third, or fourth down. TheU-shaped fasteners portion 513 is connected to intermediate portion or connectingmember 515 which is connected to portion orbase 517. 515 and 517 may be rectangular plates. In operation, the slidingPortions device 504 can slide parallel to and adjacent to theend line 420 f, shown inFIG. 13 , so thattip 506 a oftriangular pointer 506 is moved to be set to point to a particular yard line where the current line of scrimmage is. For example,FIG. 34 shows the 506 a or 506 pointing to the “50” yard line whilepointer FIG. 35 shows the 506 a or 506 pointing to the “10” yard line. After the offensive play which resulted in thepointer ball designation device 804 moving from the “50” yard line to the “10” yard line, has completed, the slidingdevice 504 is slid from the position inFIG. 34 to the position inFIG. 35 , and the down indicator is changed to “2” to indicate second down. InFIG. 34 , the “1” printed or otherwise fixed on asurface 507 b of plate 507 (shown inFIG. 37C ) is shown and the “1” on asurface 508 a (shown inFIG. 38B ) ofplate 508 is shown. InFIG. 35 , a “2” on thesurface 508 b (FIG. 38C ) of theplate 508 is shown and a “2” on asurface 509 a (FIG. 39B ) of theplate 509 is shown. - The
502 a and 502 b shown in FIGS. 34 and 36A-B may be made of a stiff but flexible plastic, such that therails 502 a and 502 b hold the slidingrails device 504 to theboard 500, but allow theboard 500 to be folded in half, such as along approximately the “50” yard line, and along dashedline 523 shown inFIG. 35 . Thedisplay 520, including clock displays 522 a-b and quarter displays 521 a-b, may be located either above or below theline 532, so that thedisplay 520 does not prevent theboard 500 from being folded in half. -
FIG. 36E shows the slidingdevice 504 with the slidingdevice 504 in a state different fromFIGS. 36A-D . InFIG. 36E ,plate 507 has been flipped over so that now there is a stack withonly plate 507 and a stack withplate 508 on top. In the state ofFIG. 36E , thesurface 507 b (FIG. 37C ) and thesurface 508 a (FIG. 38B ) are shown from a top view of theboard 500 as inFIG. 34 . Thus a “first down” is indicated to both the person controlling the one team atend line 420 a and an opponent person controlling the opposing team atend line 420 b. -
FIG. 36F shows the slidingdevice 504 with the slidingdevice 504 in a state different fromFIGS. 36A-D and fromFIG. 36E . InFIG. 36F plate 508 has been flipped over so that now there is a stack withplates 507 and 508 (508 on top) and a stack withplate 509 on top. In the state ofFIG. 36F , thesurface 508 b (FIG. 38C ) and thesurface 509 a (FIG. 39B ) are shown from a top view of theboard 500 as inFIG. 35 . Thus a “second down” is indicated to both the person controlling the one team atend line 420 a and an opponent person controlling the opposing team atend line 420 b. In this manner, the appropriate down (of 1st, 2nd, third, and fourth downs) can be indicated by flipping the appropriate plates of 507-511. -
FIGS. 37A-C ,FIGS. 38A-C ,FIGS. 39A-C ,FIGS. 40A-C , andFIGS. 41A-C show side, bottom, and top views of plates 507-511, respectively. Each of plates 507-511 may be a rectangular solid plate, such as made of hard plastic. Plates 507-511 may include 507 a, 508 a, 509 a, 510 a, 511 a, bottom surfaces 507 b, 508 b, 509 b, 510 b, and 511 b andtop surfaces 507 c, 508 c, 509 c, 510 c, and 511 c, respectively.peripheral walls -
FIGS. 42A-B show perspective views of a sixsided die 800 for field goals and extra points. An extra point is also known as a PAT or point after touchdown.FIG. 42A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of thedie 800, whileFIG. 42B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of thedie 800. A designation of “FG/PAT” may be printed or otherwise fixed on each side of the die 800 to identify the die 800 as being used for field goals and extra points. In at least one embodiment, a ball designation device, such as 804, is placed on one side (i.e. above or below the line) of the line of scrimmage, and if a person wishes to try for a field goal, the person, rolls the die 800 an moves theball designation device 804 in a straight column towards the goal post towards which the person's team is heading. Thedie 800 would allow a field goal from at most the “40” yard line, between rows PP and QQ inFIG. 33 , for a rolled number “7” to go over thecross bar 430 c inFIG. 33 if the person's team is trying to score a touchdown over the opponent'sgoal line 416. -
FIGS. 43A-B show perspective views of a sixsided die 810 for kickoffs.FIG. 43A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of thedie 810, whileFIG. 43B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of thedie 810. A designation of “Kickoff” may be printed or otherwise fixed on each side of the die 810 to identify the die 810 as being used for kickoffs. In at least one embodiment, a ball designation device, such as 804, is placed in a row on one side of a kickoff line (i.e. above or below the line), such in the row TT behind the dashed kickoff line between rows SS and TT, if a person's team is kicking to the other team and towards thegoal line 416. The person “kicks” the ball by rolling thedie 810 and moving theball designation device 804 in either straight column ofspaces 412, or a straight diagonal ofspaces 412, in a single direction, towards thegoal line 416. In at least one embodiment, the person whose team is kicking, has to announce beforehand if they are kicking straight or diagonally. The kickoff numbers on thedie 810 will “kick” theball designation 804 just outside of the image offield 401 a for a roll or “10” for a straight directional column line ofspaces 412. -
FIGS. 44A-B show perspective views of a sixsided die 820 for punts.FIG. 44A shows a top, front, right side perspective view of thedie 820, whileFIG. 44B shows a bottom, rear, left side perspective view of thedie 820. A designation of “Punt” may be printed or otherwise fixed on each side of the die 820 to identify the die 820 as being used for punts. In at least one embodiment, a ball designation device, such as 804, is placed on one side of the line of scrimmage (either above or below as appropriate), and if a person wishes to punt, the person, rolls thedie 820, on the first offensive turn, and moves theball designation device 804 in a straight column ofspaces 412 or a diagonal ofspaces 412 in a single direction, towards the goal post towards which the person's team is heading. Generally theball designation device 804 is placed on the side of the line of scrimmage (above or below) for a play which is furthest from the goal line the team running the play needs to go to cross to score a touchdown. -
FIG. 45A shows a perspective view of a plurality of 570, 572, 574, and 576, with the receptacles shown empty. Each of thedie retainer receptacles 570, 572, 574, and 576 may be an indentation or an open square or rectangular box fixed to thereceptacles surface 500 a of thegame board 500 into which a die can be snugly fit. Thereceptacle 570 may be identified by the designation “Pass” (which may printed on or otherwise fixed, such as permanently, on thesurface 500 a of the board 500) to stand for a passing die, such as 600 ofFIGS. 14A-B . The 572, 574, and 576 may collectively be identified by the designation “Kick” (which may printed on or otherwise fixed, such as permanently, on thereceptacles surface 500 a of the board 500). Thedie 600, die 800, die 810, and die 820 may be configured to snugly fit in the 570, 572, 574, and 576, as shown inreceptacles FIG. 45B , so that 600, 800, 810, and 820 do not slide substantially and are held todice board 500. - Instead of dice, such as
600, 800, 810, and 820, one or more random number generators can be provided. For example,dice 570, 572, 574, and 576 may be replaced by actuators in communication withreceptacles processor 524 ofFIG. 33 , which when actuated may generate a random number on acomputer display 520 on thesurface 500 a of theboard 500. An actuator for “Pass” when actuated may display a random number between “1” and “5” (inclusive) or “X” to simulate the function of the pass die 600. Alternatively, thecomputer processor 524 may simply move a displayed ball designation device, such as 804, on a computer display to an appropriate receiver, for a pass, if the appropriate number is generated after actuating an actuator for “Pass”. If actuators are used for field goals, PATs, kickoffs, and punts, thecomputer processor 524 may simply move a displayedball designation device 804 the appropriate number of spaces in response to the actuation of actuator. -
FIG. 46 shows a top view of asheet 900 of quick reference examples and rules which may be fixed on thesurface 500 a of thegame board 500 of an embodiment of the present invention. Thesheet 900 typically would be fixed to theboard 500 at a location different from thefootball field image 401 a, and different from the sliding device 504 (if any), and any clock device, actuators or score keeping devices. Twosheets 900 can be provided, one for the person controlling one team, and one for the person controlling the other team. Alternatively, thesheet 900 can be provided as one or more sheets separate fromgame board 500. -
FIG. 47 shows a top view of agame board 450 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Thegame board 450 may be identical togame board 400 except thatgame board 450 has passing zones which are one row each. Thegame board 450 may replacegame board 400 ongame board 500 onFIG. 13 . Spaces of Rows KK, MM, OO, QQ, SS, UU, and WW inFIG. 47 have a no hatched background shading, while spaces of rows LL, NN, PP. RR, TT, VV, and XX have a hatched background shading. In at least one embodiment, if a passer player game piece is in row SS ofFIG. 47 and a receiver player game piece is in row QQ, for example, then two passing zone transitions are needed to pass from the passer to the receiver. I.e. the receiver is two rows away from the passer. A passing die or passing dice may be rolled to determine if the pass is completed as previously described with reference toFIGS. 12 , 13, and 33-35, except each of the passing zones are now one row, instead of two. In a non-preferred embodiment, theFIG. 1 game board 100 can be used, and rows can be counted between passer and receiver to pass the ball. Alternatively, rows and columns can be counted between passer and receiver to pass the ball. A die or dice can be rolled and theball designation device 804 can be moved from passer to receiver a number of rows and/or a number of columns. However, usinggame board 100 for passing can be tedious since it is more difficult to tell how far away a receiver is from a passer if rows and/or columns are counted on theboard 100. The 400 and 450, which use passing zones, where each passing zone has spaces having the same characteristic, and adjacent passing zones have spaces of a substantially different characteristic, makes passing less tedious and the game better to play. Thegame boards game board 400 is in some ways better thangame board 450, because there is less counting required, and if a passing die is used, the range required for the passing die is less, which may mean that one die can be used instead of two dice. Also forgame board 400, it is much easier for a person playing the game to see, what roll of the die, or random number is required to complete a pass, before the person decides to pass. Otherwise the person may spend a lot of time tediously counting spaces. However, thegame board 450 may arguably offer more accuracy in passing. - Although the invention has been described by reference to particular illustrative embodiments thereof, many changes and modifications of the invention may become apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is therefore intended to include within this patent all such changes and modifications as may reasonably and properly be included within the scope of the present invention's contribution to the art.
Claims (17)
1. A method of playing an American football game on a game board having an image of a football field comprised of a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, wherein the football game includes a plurality of player game pieces, which includes a first team comprised of a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece, and the plurality of player game pieces includes a second team comprised of a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece and the method comprising:
as part of a first offensive play, placing the first team first player game piece on a first space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a line of scrimmage, so that a first designation is associated with the first team first player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece is placed on the first space, but the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece;
wherein the line of scrimmage is a line between a row of the plurality of rows and another row of the plurality of rows;
as part of the first offensive play, placing the first team second player game piece on the first side of the line of scrimmage and on a second space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first space, so that the first designation is not associated with the first team second player game piece;
as part of the first offensive play, initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece, so that the football designation device is not hidden from view, wherein the football designation device is different from the first designation;
as part of the first offensive play, placing the second team first player game piece on a second side of the line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a third space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first and second spaces, so that the first designation is associated with the second team first player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is hidden from view when the second team first player game piece is placed on the third space, but the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece; and
as part of the first offensive play, placing the second team second player game piece on the second side of the line of scrimmage, and on a fourth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first, second, and third spaces, so that the first designation is not associated with the second team second player game piece; and
wherein the plurality of spaces includes a plurality of fast spaces and a plurality of non fast spaces;
wherein the plurality of fast spaces includes a first, a second, a third, a fourth, a fifth, a sixth, a seventh, and an eighth fast space;
wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the first fast space and the second fast space in a first straight line;
wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in a second straight line;
wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the fifth fast space and the sixth fast space in a third straight line;
wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the seventh fast space and the eighth fast space in a fourth straight line;
wherein each fast space of the plurality of fast spaces has a first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces having the first graphic is a fast space; and
wherein each non fast space of the plurality of non fast spaces does not have the first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces not having the first graphic is a non fast space; and
further comprising during a first team first offensive turn as part of the first offensive play, moving each of the first team player game pieces a predetermined number of moves;
wherein the predetermined number of moves for the first team first player game piece includes moving the first team first player game piece from the first fast space to the second fast space, in the first straight line, and counting this movement as one move, without counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the first fast space and the second fast space in the first straight line; and
wherein the predetermined number of moves for the first team second player game piece include moving the first team second player game piece from the third fast space to the fourth fast space, in the second straight line, and counting this movement as more than one move, by counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in the second straight line;
further comprising during a second team first defensive turn, which follows the first team first offensive turn, as part of the first offensive play, moving each of the second team player game pieces the predetermined number of moves;
wherein the predetermined number of moves for the second team first player game piece include moving the second team first player game piece from the fifth fast space to the sixth fast space, in the third straight line, and counting this movement as one move, without counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the fifth fast space and the sixth fast space in the third straight line; and
wherein the predetermined number of moves for the second team second player game piece include moving the second team second player game piece from the seventh fast space to the eighth fast space, in the fourth straight line, and counting this movement as more than one move, by counting one or more non fast spaces that are between the seventh fast space and the eighth fast space in the fourth straight line;
further comprising alternating turns between the first team and the second team, until one of the plurality of second team player game pieces occupies the same space of the plurality of spaces as the football designation device which ends the first offensive play.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein
the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece by lifting the first team first player game piece off of the game board and turning the first team first player game piece upside down; and
the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece by lifting the second team first player game piece off of the game board and turning the second team first player game piece upside down.
3. A method of playing a football game on a game board having an image of a football field comprised of a grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, wherein the football game includes a plurality of player game pieces, which includes a first team comprised of a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece, and the plurality of player game pieces includes a second team comprised of a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece and the method comprising:
placing the first team first player game piece on a first space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a line of scrimmage;
wherein the line of scrimmage is a line between a row of the plurality of rows and another row of the plurality of rows;
placing the first team second player game piece on the first side of the line of scrimmage and on a second space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first space;
initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece;
placing the second team first player game piece on a second side of the line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a third space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first and second spaces;
placing the second team second player game piece on the second side of the line of scrimmage, and on a fourth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the first, second, and third spaces;
wherein the grid includes a plurality of passing zones;
wherein each passing zone of the plurality of passing zones includes one or more adjacent rows of the plurality of rows;
wherein spaces of the plurality of spaces in each passing zone have a substantially same characteristic as spaces in the same passing zone, and a substantially different characteristic from spaces in adjacent passing zones;
wherein movement of the ball designation device, along the image of the football field of the game board, from one passing zone of the plurality of passing zones to an adjacent passing zone of the plurality of passing zones is a passing zone transition;
the method further comprising:
generating a random number; and
moving the football designation device from a first team passer player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces to a first team receiver player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces if the random number satisfies a mathematical relationship with respect to a number of passing zone transitions when moving, in a first direction, the football designation device along the image of the football field of the game board from a first location on the game board on which the first team passer player game piece is located to a second location on the game board on which the first team receiver player game piece is located;
wherein the first team passer player game piece and the first team receiver player game piece are not located in the same row of the plurality of rows, are not located in the same column of the plurality of columns, and there is not a straight diagonal line of spaces from and including a space at the first location of the first team passer player game piece to a space at the second location of the first team receiver player game piece;
wherein the first team passer player game piece is the first team first player game piece and the first team receiver player game piece is the first team second player game piece, if the football designation device was initially placed on the first team first player game piece; and
wherein the first team passer player game piece is the first team second player game piece and the first team receiver player game piece is the first team first player game piece, if the football designation device was initially placed on the first team second player game piece.
4. The method of claim 1
wherein the grid includes a plurality of passing zones;
wherein each passing zone of the plurality of passing zones includes one or more adjacent rows of the plurality of rows;
wherein spaces of the plurality of spaces in each passing zone have a substantially same characteristic as spaces in the same passing zone, and a substantially different characteristic from spaces in adjacent passing zones of the plurality of passing zones;
wherein movement of the ball designation device, along the image of the football field of the game board, from one passing zone of the plurality of passing zones to an adjacent passing zone of the plurality of passing zones is a passing zone transition;
the method further comprising:
generating a random number; and
moving the football designation device from a first team passer player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces to a first team receiver player game piece of the plurality of first team player game pieces if the random number satisfies a mathematical relationship with respect to a number of passing zone transitions when moving, in a first direction, the football designation device along the image of the football field of the game board from a first location on the game board on which the first team passer player game piece is located to a second location on the game board on which the first team receiver player game piece is located;
wherein the first team passer player game piece and the first team receiver player game piece are not located in the same row of the plurality of rows, are not located in the same column of the plurality of columns, and there is not a straight diagonal line of spaces from and including a space at the first location of the first team passer player game piece to a space at the second location of the first team receiver player game piece;
wherein the first team passer player game piece is the first team first player game piece and the first team receiver player game piece is the first team second player game piece, if the football designation device was initially placed on the first team first player game piece; and
wherein the first team receiver player game piece is the first team second player game piece and the first team receiver player game piece is the first team first player game piece, if the football designation device was initially placed on the first team second player game piece.
5. The method of claim 1 further comprising
after the first offensive play has ended:
altering the first team first player game piece so that the first designation is no longer associated with the first team first player game piece;
altering the second team first player game piece so that the first designation is no longer associated with the second team first player game piece;
altering the first team second player game piece so that the first designation is associated with the first team second player game piece;
altering the second team second player game piece so that the first designation is associated with the second team second player game piece;
as part of a second offensive play, placing the first team second player game piece on a fifth space of the plurality of spaces, on a first side of a second line of scrimmage, so that the first designation is associated with the first team second player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece is hidden from view when the first team second player game piece is placed on the fifth space, but the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team second player game piece;
as part of the second offensive play, placing the first team first player game piece on the first side of the second line of scrimmage and on a sixth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth space, so that the first designation is not associated with the first team first player game piece;
as part of the second offensive play, initially placing a football designation device on either the first team first player game piece or the first team second player game piece, so that the football designation device is not hidden from view, wherein the football designation device is different from the first designation;
as part of the second offensive play, placing the second team second player game piece on a second side of the second line of scrimmage opposing the first side, and on a seventh space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth and sixth spaces, so that the first designation is associated with the second team second player game piece, wherein the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece is hidden from view when the second team second player game piece is placed on the seventh space, but the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team second player game piece; and
as part of the second offensive play placing the second team first player game piece on the second side of the second line of scrimmage, and on an eighth space of the plurality of spaces, different from the fifth, sixth, and seventh spaces, so that the first designation is not associated with the second team first player game piece.
6. The method of claim 1 further comprising
actuating an actuator for the first offensive play to cause a time remaining displayed on a clock device to immediately change from a first time remaining to a second time remaining, wherein the difference between the first time remaining and the second time remaining is a predetermined plurality of seconds.
7. The method of claim 6 further comprising
causing the time remaining displayed on the clock device to count down, in between the first offensive play and a second offensive play, so that one second is taken off the time remaining displayed on the clock device for each second that goes by.
8. The method of claim 1 further comprising
generating a random number on a field goal attempt for the first team;
moving the ball designation device, a number of the plurality of spaces of the image of the football field, in a column of the plurality of columns of the image of the football field, based on the random number, until the ball designation device crosses an image of a cross bar of an image of a goal post;
and when the ball designation device crosses the image of the cross bar of the image of the goal post, increasing a score for the first team on a score keeping device by three points.
9. An apparatus comprising
a game board having an image of a football field, wherein the football field includes grid of a plurality of spaces, said grid having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, each of the plurality of rows having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces, and each of the plurality of columns having a subset of spaces of the plurality of spaces;
a plurality of first team player game pieces, including a first team first player game piece and a first team second player game piece;
a plurality of second team player game pieces, including a second team first player game piece and a second team second player game piece;
wherein a first designation is associated with the first team first player game piece and as associated is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece is placed on a first space of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece is configured so that a first person controlling the first team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece;
wherein the first designation is not associated with the first team second player game piece;
wherein the first designation is associated with the second team first player game piece and as associated is hidden from view when the second team first player game piece is placed on a second space of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece is configured so that a second person controlling the second team first player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the second team first player game piece;
wherein the first designation is not associated with the second team second player game piece; and
a football designation device, which is different from the first designation, wherein the football designation device is configured to be placed on any one of the plurality of first team player game pieces or any one of the plurality of second team player game pieces so that the football designation device is not hidden from view.
10. The apparatus of claim 9 further comprising
wherein the first team first player game piece is configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the first team first player game piece;
wherein the first team second player game piece is configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the first team second player game piece;
wherein the second team first player game piece is configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the second team first player game piece;
wherein the second team second player game piece is configured so that it can be altered to associate or disassociate the first designation with the second team second player game piece;
wherein the first designation when associated with any of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, or the second team second player game piece is hidden from view when the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece are placed on first, second, third, and fourth spaces, respectively, of the plurality of spaces, but the first designation as associated with any of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, or the second team second player game piece is configured so that a person controlling the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, or the second team second player game piece is able to reveal the first designation as associated with the first team first player game piece, first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, or the second team second player game piece, respectively.
11. The apparatus of claim 10 wherein
each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece includes an attachment device which allows the first designation to be attached to or detached from each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece to associate or disassociate the first designation with each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece.
12. The apparatus of claim 10 wherein
each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece includes a device which allows the first designation to be displayed or not displayed on each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece to associate or disassociate the first designation with each of the first team first player game piece, the first team second player game piece, the second team first player game piece, and the second team second player game piece.
13. The apparatus of claim 9 wherein
the grid includes a plurality of passing zones;
wherein each passing zone of the plurality of passing zones includes one or more adjacent rows of the plurality of rows; and
wherein spaces of the plurality of spaces in each passing zone have a substantially same characteristic as spaces in the same passing zone, and a substantially different characteristic from spaces in adjacent passing zones of the plurality of passing zones.
14. The apparatus of claim 9 further comprising
a clock display device; and
an actuator in communication with the clock display device; and
wherein the clock display device has a time remaining on a display which is immediately changed from a first time remaining to a second time remaining in response to actuation of the actuator, wherein the difference between the first time remaining and the second time remaining is a predetermined plurality of seconds.
15. The apparatus of claim 9 further comprising
the plurality of spaces includes a plurality of fast spaces and a plurality of non fast spaces;
wherein the plurality of fast spaces includes a first, a second, a third, and a fourth fast space;
wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the first fast space and the second fast space in a first straight line;
wherein there are one or more non fast spaces between the third fast space and the fourth fast space in a second straight line;
wherein each fast space of the plurality of fast spaces has a first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces having the first graphic is a fast space; and
wherein each non fast space of the plurality of non fast spaces does not have the first graphic, such that any space of the plurality of spaces not having the first graphic is a non fast space; and
wherein the plurality of fast spaces and the plurality of non fast spaces are arranged so that the rows of the plurality of rows alternate between having fast spaces and having no fast spaces;
the plurality of fast spaces and the plurality of non fast spaces are arranged so that the columns of the plurality of columns alternate between having fast spaces and having no fast spaces;
wherein in each row of the plurality of rows which has fast spaces, fast spaces alternate with non fast spaces;
wherein in each column of the plurality of columns which has fast spaces, fast spaces alternate with non fast spaces; and
and wherein there are at least two rows of the plurality of rows which have fast spaces, and at least two columns of the plurality of columns which have fast spaces.
16. The apparatus of claim 9 further comprising
a sliding device attached to the game board,
wherein the sliding device is configured to move in a track device parallel to the columns of the image of the football field;
wherein the sliding device has a pointer and the sliding device can be slid to cause the pointer to point to a first line marked with a first yardage number of the image of the football field;
wherein the sliding device can be slid to cause the pointer to point to a second line marked with a second yardage number, different from the first yardage number of the image of the football field;
wherein the sliding device includes a football down indicator which indicates whether the football down is one of first down, second down, third down, or and fourth down; and
wherein the football down indicator is configured to be changed from an indication of one of first down, second down, third down, and fourth down, to an indication of another of first down, second down, third down, and fourth down without sliding the sliding device along the game board.
17. The apparatus of claim 8 further comprising
a first random result generator, wherein the first random result generator is labeled with the word “pass” or a synonym of the word “pass”;
a second random result generator, wherein the second random result generator is labeled with the word “kick” or a synonym of the word “kick”;
wherein the first random result generator is configured to produce a first result of a first range of results which include a first range of integer numbers; and
wherein the second random result generator is configured to product a second result of a second range of results which include a second range of integer numbers which differs from the first range of integer numbers.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/292,954 US20140265122A1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2014-06-02 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/211,540 US8740684B1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2011-08-17 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
| US14/292,954 US20140265122A1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2014-06-02 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/211,540 Continuation US8740684B1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2011-08-17 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20140265122A1 true US20140265122A1 (en) | 2014-09-18 |
Family
ID=50781171
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/211,540 Expired - Fee Related US8740684B1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2011-08-17 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
| US14/292,954 Abandoned US20140265122A1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2014-06-02 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/211,540 Expired - Fee Related US8740684B1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2011-08-17 | Method and apparatus for football board game |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US8740684B1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA2907709C (en) * | 2012-11-14 | 2018-07-17 | PUBLICIDAD, Virtual | Field goal indicator for video presentation |
| KR101756504B1 (en) * | 2014-03-12 | 2017-07-11 | 엔에이치엔엔터테인먼트 주식회사 | Game method and system for league game |
| USD760843S1 (en) * | 2015-06-08 | 2016-07-05 | Otis Temple, Sr. | Checker type game kit |
| USD818047S1 (en) * | 2016-03-11 | 2018-05-15 | David Bryant Lee | Game board |
| WO2019115740A1 (en) * | 2017-12-15 | 2019-06-20 | Dm Giochi S.R.L.S. | Football board game with team strategies and tactics |
| US10974129B2 (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2021-04-13 | Jermaine Lajuan Bay Shivers | Football board game |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4106773A (en) * | 1977-03-15 | 1978-08-15 | Nina Coefield | Crossword puzzle game |
| GB2030456A (en) * | 1978-09-30 | 1980-04-10 | Markfield Plastics Ltd | Football board game |
| GB2221846A (en) * | 1988-05-13 | 1990-02-21 | Grandslam Entertainments Limit | A board game |
| US5957455A (en) * | 1998-01-26 | 1999-09-28 | Aldridge; Chester P. | Concealed chess game |
| US6715758B1 (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 2004-04-06 | Alexander Shinderman | European football game |
Family Cites Families (15)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US1190003A (en) | 1914-12-30 | 1916-07-04 | Thomas F Quinn | Game apparatus. |
| US2069514A (en) | 1934-02-26 | 1937-02-02 | William M Wylie | Table football game |
| US3386738A (en) | 1965-03-10 | 1968-06-04 | Wylie Newton | Simulated football game apparatus with blocking play control means |
| US4443011A (en) | 1981-08-04 | 1984-04-17 | Sheridan Raymond J | Method of playing chess football |
| WO1988000853A1 (en) * | 1986-08-04 | 1988-02-11 | Graeme Adrian Brown | Board games |
| US4989879A (en) | 1990-05-07 | 1991-02-05 | Nigh James L | Football board game |
| US5046743A (en) | 1990-08-21 | 1991-09-10 | John Salerno | Strategy-type soccer board game |
| US5158301A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1992-10-27 | Martukovich Jr Joseph J | Football board game |
| US5221084A (en) | 1992-04-28 | 1993-06-22 | Tom Stelmach | Board game simulating the play of football |
| US5558335A (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1996-09-24 | Wise; Dennis | Chess football game |
| US6428006B1 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2002-08-06 | Homer K. Stewart | Simulated football board game |
| US6478300B1 (en) | 2001-06-08 | 2002-11-12 | James Henry Pickett | Checker-type game for four players |
| US7159867B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2007-01-09 | Lawrence Huley | Sports related board game |
| US7036820B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2006-05-02 | John Macomber | Football board game and method of playing |
| US7673877B2 (en) * | 2006-10-31 | 2010-03-09 | Terry Ruddell | Pneumatic game |
-
2011
- 2011-08-17 US US13/211,540 patent/US8740684B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2014
- 2014-06-02 US US14/292,954 patent/US20140265122A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4106773A (en) * | 1977-03-15 | 1978-08-15 | Nina Coefield | Crossword puzzle game |
| GB2030456A (en) * | 1978-09-30 | 1980-04-10 | Markfield Plastics Ltd | Football board game |
| GB2221846A (en) * | 1988-05-13 | 1990-02-21 | Grandslam Entertainments Limit | A board game |
| US6715758B1 (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 2004-04-06 | Alexander Shinderman | European football game |
| US5957455A (en) * | 1998-01-26 | 1999-09-28 | Aldridge; Chester P. | Concealed chess game |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US8740684B1 (en) | 2014-06-03 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20140265122A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for football board game | |
| US5641166A (en) | Diverse board game | |
| US6102399A (en) | Four way chess game | |
| US8657289B2 (en) | Game combining checkers, chess and dice | |
| US20190388777A1 (en) | Board Game Apparatus with Variable Game Surface and Method of Play | |
| US4932669A (en) | Method of playing a multiple player chess game | |
| CA2503168A1 (en) | A chess-type game and method of play for 2, 3 or 4 players | |
| US4261574A (en) | Board game | |
| US5690332A (en) | Board game and playing method | |
| US20120200038A1 (en) | Board game | |
| US4657254A (en) | Parlor game apparatus for playing a simulated skill game involving multiple choice strategy | |
| US3905601A (en) | Board game apparatus | |
| US10179276B2 (en) | International soccer board game | |
| US20140239588A1 (en) | Element alignment game and method for playing same | |
| US3386738A (en) | Simulated football game apparatus with blocking play control means | |
| US3895798A (en) | Game device including game board and punch cards for simulating athletic games such as football | |
| US20160220895A1 (en) | Table top football game | |
| US8123225B2 (en) | Game apparatus and method of play for manual or computer application | |
| US20080054569A1 (en) | Trading chip game method of play and playing surface designed for game | |
| GB2137103A (en) | Board Game Apparatus | |
| US4191379A (en) | Board game | |
| US5678820A (en) | Board game and method of using same | |
| KR102909063B1 (en) | Yut Dice | |
| US7549640B1 (en) | Board game | |
| AU2010100878A4 (en) | Apparatus for a board game simulating a competitive sport |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |